KDC-U549BT
KDC-U4549SD
KDC-U4549
C
ﻞ Dﻴ ﺕ ﻐ ﻧﺎ ﺸ ﻄﻮﺍ ﺳ ﺘ ﻟ ﺃ ﺍ ﻞ ﻐ ﻞ ﺸ ﻴ ﻣ ﻟ ﻭ ﺩ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ © 2010 Kenwood Corporation All Rights Reserved.
B64-4803-10/01 (MW/M0)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣ ﺮ ﺗﺤﺬﻳ .
ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﻭﻗﻒ ...
ﻫﺎﻣﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ■
ﺔ ﺃﻳ ﺃﺑﺪﺍ ﺗﺘﺮﻙ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻀﻊ ﻻ ،ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻗﻔﻠﺔ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﻟﻤﻨﻊ (
ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻼﺕ ﻣﺜﻞ ) ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﺟﺴﺎﻡ .
ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ■
ﻉ ﺳﻤﺎ ﻟﻚ ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﺿﺒﻂ :ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ ﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻷﻥ ،ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ .
ﺣﺎﺩﺙ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﻓﻲ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻗﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ■
ﺪ ﻗ ،ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ ﻣﻜﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ :ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺜﻴﻒ ﻰ ﺇﻟ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻭﻗﺪ .ﺍﻟﻠﻴﺰﺭ ﻋﺪﺳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﺗﺘﺠﻤﻊ ،
ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻭﻓﻲ .ﺍﻷﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺧﻄﺎﺀ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ .
ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﺗﺘﺒﺨﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﺍﻷﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﺝ ■
ﺔ ﺃﻣﺜﻠ ﻣﺠﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻟﺸﺮﺡ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮ ﻓﻲ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻓﺈﻥ ،ﻭﻟﺬﺍ .ﺃﻭﺿﺢ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺯ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻗﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺤﻴﺔ .
ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ ■
ﻞ ﺑﻮﻛﻴ ﻓﺎﺗﺼﻞ ،ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺻﺎﺩﻓﺘﻚ ﺇﺫﺍ .Kenwood
■
ﻞ ﻭﻛﻴ ﻣﻊ ﺭﺍﺟﻌﻬﺎ ،ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺷﺮﺍﺋﻚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺹ ﺍﻟﺨﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺩﻳﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪ Kenwood .
ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺘﻚ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺑﻚ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧ ﻡ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﻣﺴﺢ :ﻒﻴﻈﻨﺗ ﺯﺎﻬﺠﻟﺍ ﻡ ﻋﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻗﺪ .ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﻗﻤﺎﺵ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺟﺎﻑ ﺳﻴﻠﻴﻜﻮﻥ .
ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻡ ﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪ ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﻣﺴﺢ :ﻒﻴﻈﻨﺗ ﻞﺻﻮﻤﻟﺍ ﺔ ﻗﻄﻌ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻄﻦ ﻣﺎﺳﺤﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ .ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ .
ﻗﻤﺎﺵ ﺭ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺿﻊ CLASS 1
LASER PRODUCT
ﻕ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺪﻭ / ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻣﻠﺼﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺼﻖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻦ ﻣ ﻣﺼﻨﻔﺔ ﻟﻴﺰﺭ ﺃﺷﻌﺔ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻭﻳﻌﻨﻲ .
ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺔ ﺩﺭﺟ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻴﺰﺭ ﺃﺷﻌﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺫﺑﻤﺎ ﺝ ﺧﺎﺭ ﺧﻄﻴﺮ ﺇﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻧﺒﻌﺎﺙ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻻ .ﺿﻌﻴﻔﺔ .
ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ٣ ﻋﺮﺑﻲ Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻀﻴ (RC-405)
ﺑﻌﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ،
ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺓ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ .
ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺯﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﺳﺤﺐ ﺯ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﻓﺼﻞ /ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ 1
1
ﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺯﻟ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻗﺔ 2
2
■
ﻭ ﺃ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﻻ ﻲ ﻓ ﻭﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻭﺗﺠﻨﺐ .ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ .
ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﻟﺮﺫﺍﺫ ﻋﺮﺿﺔ ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻐﺒﺎﺭ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﻲ ﻓ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﺣﺘﻔﻆ .
ﻓﻜﻬﺎ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻦ ﻓﻤ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ،ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺳﺔ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺎ ﻣﻌﻬ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺭ ﻳﻠﺤﻖ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻦ .
ﻟﻠﺼﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻀﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻌﻨﻒ ﻰ ﻳﺮﺟ ،ﺑﻌﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻧﺨﻔﺎﺽ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ .
ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ■
■
4
2
3
1
■
ﻚ ﺑﺄﺻﺎﺑﻌ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺃﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺗﻠﻤﺲ ﻻ .
ﺇﺗﻼﻓﻪ ﻟﻌﺪﻡ ¤
:
ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺯ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺯ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ■
ﺔ ﻟﻮﺣ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺳﺎﺧﻨﺔ ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺭﻳﻤﻮﺕ ﺗﻀﻊ ﻻ .
ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ،
ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺑﻮﻇﺎﺋﻔﻪ ﺓ ﺇﻋﺎﺩ ) Reset ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ .(
ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ■
.
ﺍﻟﻠﻴﺜﻴﻮﻡ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ 1
ﺔ ﺣﺎﻟ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪ .ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ .
ﻣﻜﺎﻓﺊ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺄﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ 2
ﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺗﻌﻮﺩ ﺓ ﺇﻋﺎﺩ ﺯﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ .
ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ■
ﺓ ﻟﻠﺤﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﺒﻮﺓ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻳﺠﺐ 3
.
ﺷﺎﺑﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻠﻬﺐ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﺿﻮﺀ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﻃﺔ ■
ﺎ ﻋﺒﻮﺗﻬ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺃﺑﻖ ﻦ ﻣ ﺗﺨﻠﺺ .ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺗﺤﻀﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻟﺤﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻢ ﻗ ،ﺍﺑﺘﻼﻋﻬﺎ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﻓﻲ .ﻓﻮﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ .
ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺒﻴﺐ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻂ ﺍﻟﻀﺒ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺯﺭ ﻲ ﻋﺮﺑ ٤ Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
■
ﺔ ﻟﺸﺮﻛ ﻣﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ Bluetooth ﻭﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻞ ﻗﺒ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺃﻱ .Bluetooth SIG, Inc ﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎ ﺃﻣﺎ .ﻣﺮﺧﺺ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﻮ Kenwood ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﺎ ﻷﺻﺤﺎﺑﻬ ﻣﻤﻠﻮﻛﺔ ﻓﻬﻲ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﺀ .
ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻴﻴﻦ ■
SDHC Logo is a trademark of SD-3C, LLC.
■
“Made for iPod” and “Made for iPhone” mean
that an electronic accessory has been designed
to connect specifically to iPod or iPhone,
respectively, and has been certified by the
developer to meet Apple performance standards.
Apple is not responsible for the operation of
this device or its compliance with safety and
regulatory standards. Please note that the use
of this accessory with iPod or iPhone may affect
wireless performance.
■
iPhone, iPod, iPod classic, iPod nano, and iPod
touch are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in
the U.S. and other countries.
Kenwood
ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺾ ﺧﻔ ﺑﻬﺪﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﺘﺼﻨﻴﻊ .
ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﻴﺮﺍﺕ ٥ ﻋﺮﺑﻲ Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺪ ﺑﻌ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺣﺴﺎﺱ ■
.
ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧ ﺃﺧﺮﺝ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺯ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﻓﻚ ﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ...
ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻳﻀﺊ .
ﺍﺳﺘﺮﻳﻮ ﺑﺚ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ :ST .
ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ :IN .
ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﻮﻫﻨﺎﺕ :ATT ﺲ ﻭﻟﻴ EQ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ [SYSTEM Q] ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ :EQ (
٢٨ ﺔ ﺻﻔﺤ ) .(ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ) [NATURAL] USB
ﻣﻘﺒﺲ (
ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺗﺤﺴﻴﻦ ) [BASS BOOST] ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ :B.BOOST (
٢٨ ﺔ ﺻﻔﺤ ) .[2] ﺃﻭ [1] ﻟـ ﻲ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻮﻋﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ : .
ﺍﻵﻥ ﻣﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺀ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎ ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺭ .
ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻮﻱ Bluetooth ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ :BT ﺡ ﺮ ﻟﻠﺸ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﻭﺃﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺤﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺮ ﻳﺬﻛ ﻟﻢ ﻣﺎ ) KDC-U549BT ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯ ﺗﺨﺺ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻓﻲ .(
ﺫﻟﻚ ﺧﻼﻑ :
ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ KDC-U549BT
KDC-U4549SD
KDC-U4549
ﻲ ﻋﺮﺑ ٦ Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
...
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ (ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ) ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺪ ﺑﻌ ﻋﻦ ﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ■
.
ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ —
■
.
ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺗﻢ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻳﻔﺼﻞ ،SD
ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ،iPod ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ USB ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ،ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻟﻒ ) ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻳﺤﺪﺩ .
ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺗﻢ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ،(ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻭﺿﻊ ،ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ،CD ﺃﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﺭ ﻣﺼﺎﺩ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ .ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ،ﺟﺎﻫﺰﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ • ﺯ ﺟﻬﺎ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻟﻼﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ “CD”ﻭ “SD”ﻭ “iPod”ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ .
ﺃﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺗﻢ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺔ SD ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻮﺻﻞ iPod SRC
SRC
.
ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻗﻮﺓ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻳﻀﺒﻂ .
ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻮﺩ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ VOLud
ﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻗﺮﺹ / 5
(
ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ ) ∞
.
ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻳﺆﻛﺪ ENT 38
—
ﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻗﺮﺹ .[FUNCTION]
ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ (
ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ) ■
.AM
ﺃﻭ (FM3 /FM2 /FM1) FM ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻧﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﻳﺨﺘﺎﺭ *AM– /
#FM+
■
ﺪ ﺑﻌ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ *AM– ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ) .ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ﻳﺨﺘﺎﺭ BAND
(.
ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ .iPod
ﺟﻬﺎﺯ /SD ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ /USB ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ /ﺃﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻳﺴﺘﺄﻧﻒ /ﻣﺆﻗﺖ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ENT 38
6 (38)
■
.
ﺇﺫﺍﻋﻴﺔ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻳﺒﺤﺚ ■
.
ﻣﻠﻒ /ﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻪ ﻋﻠﻴ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ /ﻟﻸﻏﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ ﺍﻹﺭﺟﺎﻉ /ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻢ 4/
+¢
¢ / 4
■
.
ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ■
.
ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻳﻐﻴﺮ ■
.
ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻳﻤﺮﺭ —
SCRL DISP
■
ﺭ ﺍﻟﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ (٨ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ) ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ .
ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ :
ﻓﻘﻂ KDC-U549BT ■
(
١٨ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ) .ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ■
.
ﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻠﺮﺩ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ■
ﻂ ﺍﻟﻀﻐ ﺗﻢ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻞ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺮﺍﻥ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻳﺘﻴﺢ —
—
(
٢٢ ﺔ ﺻﻔﺤ ) .ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ :
ﻓﻘﻂ KDC-U4549SD SD
.“SD”
ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﻳﺤﺪﺩ :
ﻓﻘﻂ KDC-U4549 ■
.“iPod”
ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﻳﺤﺪﺩ ■
ﻑ ﺇﻳﻘﺎ /ﺍﻟﻴﺪﻳﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ) (HANDS OFF /HANDS ON) ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻳﺒﺪﻝ —
iPod
.
ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ iPod ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ (ﺍﻟﻴﺪﻳﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ (
١٥ ﺔ ﺻﻔﺤ ) .
ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ [AUDIO CONTROL] ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ .
ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺑﺨﻔﺾ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ .
ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ،ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ • AUD
ATT
—
—
.
ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ .
ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﺝ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ • .
ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﻦ EXIT
٧ ﻋﺮﺑﻲ Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
(
ﻓﻘﻂ KDC-U4549 /KDC-U4549SD) ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻴﺔ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻛﺘﻢ ﺮ ﺍﻧﻈ ) .ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ MUTE ﺳﻠﻚ ﻭﺻﻞ ،ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ (.
ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ ﻛﺘﻴﺐ ﻓﻲ “ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ” .“CALL”
ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ،ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ■
.
ﻣﺆﻗﺖ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻳﺘﻢ ■
ﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﻭﻳﺴﺘﺄﻧﻒ “CALL” ﺗﺨﺘﻔﻲ . SRC ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ،ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻﻠﺔ .
ﻋﻤﻠﻪ .“CALL”
ﺗﺨﺘﻔﻲ ،ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻋﻨﺪ ■
.
ﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﻳﺴﺘﺄﻧﻒ ﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴ ﺑﺪﺀ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ ﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﺖ ﻗﻤ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺇﻻ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻳﺘﻢ .
ﺑﺈﻟﻐﺎﺋﻪ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻰ ﺇﻟ ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ١ .[FUNCTION]
ﻢ ﺛ ،[SETTINGS] ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺃﺩﺭ ٢ .
ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ،(
ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻭ ) ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻂ ﺍﺿﻐ ﺛﻢ ،[CLOCK] ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺃﺩﺭ ٣ .
ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ :
ﻳﻠﻲ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺳﺘﻌﺮﺽ [VOLUME KNOB] [PRESS] [CANCEL DEMO]
|
|
[CLOCK ADJUST]
ﺑﻨﺪ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﺓ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺃﺩﺭ ٤ .
ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺛﻢ ،“ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺿﺒﻂ ” .
ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻂ ﺍﺿﻐ ﺛﻢ ،ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﺓ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺃﺩﺭ ٥ .
ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ .
ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ١ .
ﻣﺒﺪﺋﻲ ﻛﺈﻋﺪﺍﺩ [YES] ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻳﺘﻢ .
ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ٢ .[DEMO OFF]
ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ■
ﺖ ﻗﻤ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻭ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ١ ٥ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﻱ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ .
ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻂ ﺍﺿﻐ ﺛﻢ ،ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺃﺩﺭ ٦ .
ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺎ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ¢ / 4 ﺍﺿﻐﻂ .
ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﻭﺿﺒﻂ ﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮ ﻓﻲ [NO] ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺑﺈﺩﺍﺭﺓ .
ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ ﻭﻳﺒﺪﺃ [DEMO MODE] ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ،٢ ﺽ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻰ ﺇﻟ ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ١ .[FUNCTION]
.
ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻹﻧﻬﺎﺀ ﻰ ﻋﻠ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ٧ ﻢ ﺛ ،[DEMO MODE] ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺃﺩﺭ ٢ .
ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ .[OFF]
ﺃﻭ [ON] ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺃﺩﺭ ٣ ﻲ ﻓ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ،[ON] ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ .
ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ٢ ٠ ﺓ ﻟﻤﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﻱ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ .
ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻹﻧﻬﺎﺀ ﻰ ﻋﻠ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ٤ ﻲ ﻋﺮﺑ ٨ Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺒﺪﺋﻴﺔ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ .[STANDBY]
ﻭﺿﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ SRC ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ١ .[FUNCTION]
ﺇﻟﻰ ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ٢ .
ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺛﻢ ،[INITIAL SET] ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺃﺩﺭ ٣ .
ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺛﻢ ،ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺃﺩﺭ ٤ .
ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻧﻈﺮ .
ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻹﻧﻬﺎﺀ ﻰ ﻋﻠ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ٥ (* :
ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻖ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ) ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻨ ; .(AM /FM3 /FM2 /FM1)
ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﻛﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺒﻖ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺯﺭ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ﻳﺨﺰﻥ :* NORMAL ﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺑﻐﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻖ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺯﺭ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ﻳﺨﺰﻥ :MIX .(AM /FM3 /FM2 /FM1)
PRESET TYPE
.
ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻳﻠﻐﻲ /ﻳﻨﺸﻂ :OFF /* ON KEY BEEP
TDF ALARM
BUILT-IN AUX
.
ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺀ :* OFF ; .OFF ﻋﻠﻰ ACC ﺿﺒﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻧﺴﻴﺖ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮ ﻳﻨﺸﻂ :ON “AUX”
ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻥ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻳﺨﺮﺝ :* ON1 ﺪ ﻋﻨ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺑﺈﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ :ON2 ; .ﻣﺼﺪﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻩ (ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪ ) ﻞ ﺗﻮﺻﻴ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎﺀ ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ) ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺧﻔﺾ ﻳﺘﻢ ،ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺗﻮﺻﻞ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ .ﻛﻤﺼﺪﺭ “AUX” ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻯ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺑﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﻗﻢ .(ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻣﻜﻮﻥ ; .
ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ .
ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺗﺤﺪﻱ ﻓﻲ “AUX” ﻳﻌﻄﻞ :OFF ﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻬ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻞ CD ﻭﺃﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻞ ﺍﻷﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﻳﻤﻴﺰ :*1 ﻦ ﻳﻤﻜ ﻻ .ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﺴﺠﻞ CD ﻛﺄﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻳﺠﺒﺮ :2 ; .ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ .
ﺻﻮﺕ ﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺳﻤﺎﻉ CD READ
:
ﻓﻘﻂ KDC-U549BT SWITCH PREOUT ﻂ ﺍﻟﺨ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﺑﺄﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﺻﺒﻮﻭﻓﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺤﺪﺩ :SUB-W /* REAR .(
ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻣﻜﺒﺮ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻦ ) ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﺆﺧﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ .
ﺃﺩﺍﺀ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺱ ﻳﺤﺪﺩ :OEM /6×9/6 /5/4 /* OFF SP SELECT
.(
ﻣﻨﺸﻄﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻗﻴﺔ ) ﻳﻠﻐﻲ :* NO ; .ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﺮﻗﻴﺔ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ :YES F/W UP xx.xx
٩ ﻋﺮﺑﻲ Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ■
.
ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺔ ﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ■
.
ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺔ ﻻﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﻗﺼﻴﺮﺓ ﻟﻮﻫﻠﺔ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ [SETTINGS]
ﻭﺿﻊ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺿﺒﻂ ...
ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻰ ﺇﻟ ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ١ .[FUNCTION]
ﻢ ﺛ ،[SETTINGS] ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺃﺩﺭ ٢ .
ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻂ ﺍﺿﻐ ﺛﻢ ،ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺃﺩﺭ ٣ .
ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ .“TUNER”
ﺍﻟﻰ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ SRC ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ١ ﺩ ﺗﺮﺩ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ BAND ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻛﺮﺭ ٢ .(AM /FM3 /FM2 /FM1)
.
ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ¢ / 4 ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ٣ (RC-405)
ﺑﻌﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ .
ﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕ ﻳﺤﺪﺩ : *AM– / #FM+ .
ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ﻳﺨﺘﺎﺭ : +¢ / 4 .
ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻧﻈﺮ .
ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎ ﻣﻀﺒﻮﻃﺔ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ﻳﺨﺘﺎﺭ : 6 – 1
.
ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻹﻧﻬﺎﺀ ﻰ ﻋﻠ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ٤ ﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ :AM /FM
ﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺰ ﻫﺮﺗ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ٢ ٠٠ ﻰ ﺍﻟ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ٥ ٠ : FM ﺰ ﻫﺮﺗ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ١ ٠ ﻰ ﺍﻟ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ٩ :AM .
ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ SRC ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻊ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ١ ﻰ ﻋﻠ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ،5 ﻭ 1 ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ٢ .
SRC
.
ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﺎﺑﻌﻚ ﺍﺭﻓﻊ .
ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻛﺮﺭ ،ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻲ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺤﻮ ﻳﺘﻢ ،ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ .
ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ■
■
(* :
ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻖ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ) ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻨ SEEK MODE
.¢ / 4
ﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻟﻔﺔ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻳﺤﺪﺩ ﺎ ﻣﺴﺒﻘ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺒﻮﻃﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺤﺚ :AUTO2 ; .ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﻳﺒﺤﺚ :* AUTO1 .
ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻳﺪﻭﻳﺎ ﻳﺒﺤﺚ :MANUAL ; .ﺍﻹﺫﺍﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻄﺎﺕ ﺑﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻆ ﺍﻟﺤﻔ ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻻ ) ﻳﻠﻐﻲ :* NO ; .ﺟﻴﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻣﺤﻄﺎﺕ ٦ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ :YES AUTO MEMORY (
٩ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ) (.[PRESET TYPE] ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﻊ [NORMAL] ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ) (ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻢ ﻳﺘ ) ﺑﺎﻹﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ :* OFF ; .(ﻓﻘﺪﻩ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺮﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ) MF ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﻳﺤﺴﻦ :ON MONO SET
.(
ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺮﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎﻑ ﻲ ﻋﺮﺑ ١ ٠ Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻮﻧﺎﻧﺘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ (
٩ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ) .[BUILT-IN AUX] ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ [ON2] ﺃﻭ [ON1] ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺄﻛﺪ : ﺮﻴﻀﺤﺘﻟﺍ ﺯ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﻲ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓ .“AUX”
ﺍﻟﻰ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ SRC ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ١ .
ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﺑﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻗﻢ ٢ ﻯ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺑﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﻗﻢ ٣ .
ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻢ ﻣ ٣ ٫٥ ﻮ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﻳ ﺻﻐﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ (
ﺑﺎﻷﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮ ) ﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﻓ ) ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ (
ﺑﺎﻷﺳﻮﺍﻕ ١١ ﻲ ﻋﺮﺑ Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
/SD
ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ /USB ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ /ﺃﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ iPod
ﺟﻬﺎﺯ .
ﺍﻷﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﺑﺈﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺯ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﻓﻚ (.“IN”
ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﻭﻳﻨﻄﻔﺊ (ﺃﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻻ ) “NO DISC” ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ) USB
ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ■
.
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ /ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ■
ﻢ ﻟﻠﺘﻘﺪﻳ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻊ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ .
ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺟﻴﻊ /ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ ﻂ ﻭﺍﺿﻐ .ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻟﻐﺮﺽ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ .
ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻻﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎﻑ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﺮﺓ ■
■
.iPod
ﺟﻬﺎﺯ /ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺎﺕ ﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ .CD
ﺃﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﻤﺒﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺹ ﻗﺮ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺑﺪﺀ .
ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ SRC ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ١ .
ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ٢ .
ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ Apple
ﻣﻦ iPod ﺟﻬﺎﺯ (
ﺑﺎﻷﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮ ) iPod
ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ USB ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ .
ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ SRC ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ١ .
ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺭ ٢ KCA-iP102
ﻛﺎﺑﻞ (
ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺇﻛﺴﺴﻮﺍﺭ ) ﻞ ﺗﻮﺻﻴ ﺑﻄﺮﻑ iPod ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ USB ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻗﻢ ٣ .USB
.
ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﻳﺒﺪﺃ ،ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﻳﻔﺘﺢ iPod
ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ USB ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺮ ﻏﻴ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ SRC ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ١ .“iPod”
ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ “USB” ﺟﻬﺎﺯ iPod
ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ USB ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻓﺼﻞ ٢ USB
ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ (
ﺑﺎﻷﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮ ) ﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺎ ﻣﺒﺪﻝ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ .KDC-U4549 /KDC-U4549SD
ﻣﻦ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ • .
ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ SRC ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ١ CA-U1EX
ﺭ ﺇﻛﺴﺴﻮﺍ ) (
ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ .“CD CHANGER”
ﺍﻟﻰ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ SRC ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ٢ ﻲ ﻋﺮﺑ ١ ٢ Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ﻲ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋ ﺑﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺪ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳ 3 (ALL RDM) ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺯﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻛﺮﺭ .
ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ SD
ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ .KDC-U4549SD
ﻣﻦ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ • .
ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ SRC ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ١ ﺐ ﺑﺘﺮﺗﻴ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ) DISC RANDOM :CD ﺃﻭﺩﻳﻮ ﺃﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﻑ ﺇﻳﻘﺎ ) RANDOM OFF ،(ﻟﻸﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋﻲ (
ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺑﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴ ) FOLDER RANDOM :iPod ﺟﻬﺎﺯ /ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻑ ﺇﻳﻘﺎ ) RANDOM OFF ،(ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻠﺪ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺑﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ (
ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺑﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ .
ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﻟﻔﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺯﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ٢ ﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺼﻖ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ SD ﺑﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺃﻣﺴﻚ ٣ ﻲ ﻓ ﻭﺃﺩﺧﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺑﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ .
ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺗﺴﻤﻊ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﺯ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ٤ .“SD”
ﺍﻟﻰ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ SRC ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ٥ ﺐ ﺑﺘﺮﺗﻴ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ) DISC RANDOM :CD ﺃﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺒﺪﻝ ﻑ ﺇﻳﻘﺎ ) RANDOM OFF ،(ﻟﻸﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋﻲ (
ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺑﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ SD
ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ (
ﺑﺎﻷﺳﻮﺍﻕ ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮ ) ﻲ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋ ﺑﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﻞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻪ ﺑ ﻭﺍﺣﺘﻔﻆ 3 (ALL RDM) ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺯﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ .
ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ ﺕ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺎ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ .
ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﺎﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻞ ﻛ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ) ALL RANDOM :iPod ﺟﻬﺎﺯ /ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻑ ﺇﻳﻘﺎ ) RANDOM OFF ،(ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺑﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺎﺕ (
ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺑﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ SD
ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ .KDC-U4549SD
ﻣﻦ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ • .
ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﻟﻔﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺯﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ١ ﻲ ﻓ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺗﺴﻤﻊ ﺣﺘﻰ SD ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﺩﻓﻊ ٢ .
ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﺒﻌﻚ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻗﻢ ﺛﻢ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺝ ﻟﻠﺨﺎﺭ ﺳﺤﺒﻬﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺗﻨﺒﺜﻖ .
ﺑﺄﺻﺎﺑﻌﻚ ■
“songs”
ﺇﻟﻰ iPod ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻳﻐﻴﺮ .(
ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺎﺕ ) ﺕ ﻟﻸﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺎ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺑﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺎ ﺑﺨﺰﺍﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ .
ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ 5 ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺯﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻛﺮﺭ ﻞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴ ) MGZN RANDOM :CD ﺃﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺒﺪﻝ ،(
ﺑﺎﻟﺨﺰﺍﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻟﻸﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺑﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ (
ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺑﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ) RANDOM OFF .
ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ٣ ﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ .
ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ 4 (REP) ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺯﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻛﺮﺭ ،(
ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ) TRACK REPEAT: CD ﺃﻭﺩﻳﻮ ﺃﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ (
ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ) REPEAT OFF ﺚ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺤ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ .
ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ 2 (SCAN) ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺯﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻛﺮﺭ ﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ ) TRACK SCAN :CD ﺃﻭﺩﻳﻮ ﺃﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ (
ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ) SCAN OFF ،(ﻟﻸﻏﻨﻴﺎﺕ FILE SCAN, SCAN OFF :
ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺽ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍ ) TRACK SCAN :CD ﺃﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺒﺪﻝ ﺽ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ) SCAN OFF ،(ﻟﻸﻏﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ (
ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ FOLDER ،(
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ) FILE REPEAT :ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻑ ﺇﻳﻘﺎ ) REPEAT OFF ،(ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ) REPEAT (
ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ REPEAT OFF ،(
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ) FILE REPEAT :iPod ﺟﻬﺎﺯ (
ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ) ،(
ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ) TRACK REPEAT: CD ﺃﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺒﺪﻝ REPEAT OFF ،(
ﺍﻷﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ) DISC REPEAT (
ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ) ■
ﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ،ﺿﻮﺋﻲ ﻣﺴﺢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺗﻢ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘ ﻣﻦ ﺛﻮﺍﻥ ١ ٠ ﺎ ﻣﺪﺗﻬ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ .
ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ /ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪ ﺗﺴﺘﺄﻧﻒ ،“SCAN OFF” ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ .
ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻸﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ١٣ ﻲ ﻋﺮﺑ Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
■
ﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ (a, an, the) ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺗﺨﻄﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻒ ﻣﻠ /ﻣﺴﺎﺭ /ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻝ ﻣﺒﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺗﻢ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺗﺘﺎﺡ ﻻ • .
ﺍﻷﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ .
ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ (RC-405)
ﺑﻌﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺗﻢ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺗﺘﺎﺡ ﻻ • ﻭ ﺃ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺑﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴ ﺃﻭ KENWOOD ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﻣﺤﺮﺭ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ .iPod
ﺟﻬﺎﺯ .
ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ١ ﻰ ﻋﻠ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺛﻢ ،“SEARCH” ﺗﻈﻬﺮ .
ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ،
ﻣﻠﻒ /ﻣﺴﺎﺭ /ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺃﺩﺭ ٢ .
ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺛﻢ ■
ﻱ ﻭﻳﺆﺩ .¢ / 4 ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﻟﺘﺨﻄﻲ ﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ DIRECT ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ١ .
ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﻲ ﺗﺨﻄ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ ¢ / 4 ﺑﺎﻟﺰﺭ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﻊ ﻭﺿ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺑﻐﺾ ٪١ ٠ ﻎ ﺗﺒﻠ ﺑﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺎﺕ (
١٥ ﺔ ﺻﻔﺤ ) .ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ .“— — —”
ﺗﻈﻬﺮ .
ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ٢ .
ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ¢ / 4 ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ٣ ﻭ ﺃ iPod ﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ .Kenwood
ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﻣﺤﺮﺭ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ■
ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻮﻋﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻹﻟﻐﺎﺀ ■
ﻭ ﺃ (ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ) ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻟﻠﺮﺟﻮﻉ .
ﺭ ﺍﻟﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺔ ﺃﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧ ) ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ (iPod ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ) ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ .BAND
ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ (CD ﺃﻭﺩﻳﻮ ■
.
ﻰ ﻋﻠ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ،ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺯ ﺟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ (RC-405)
ﺑﻌﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ■
ﺭ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ،ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻹﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﻰ ﻋﻠ ﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼ ﺃﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ < ﺃﻭ > ﺗﺸﻴﺮ .
ﻝ ﻣﺒﺪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺗﺘﺎﺡ • ■
.CD
ﺃﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ .
ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ /ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺗﻢ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺗﺘﺎﺡ ﻻ • .
ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺑﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺚ ﺍﻟﺒﺤ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ DIRECT ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ١ .
ﺃﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ iPod
ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﺠﺪﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ .
ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ١ .“SEARCH”
ﻳﻈﻬﺮ .
ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺛﻢ ،ﻓﺌﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺑﺪﻝ ٢ ﺚ ﺍﻟﺒﺤ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ٣ .
ﺍﻷﺑﺠﺪﻱ .“— —”
ﺗﻈﻬﺮ .
ﺍﻷﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ٢ .
ﺍﻷﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ *AM– / #FM+ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ٣ ■
ﻂ ﺍﺿﻐ ﺃﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻹﻟﻐﺎﺀ .“SEARCH <— — —>”
ﻳﻈﻬﺮ .
ﻰ ﻋﻠ .
ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻑ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺑﺪﻝ ٤ .
ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ¢ / 4 ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ٥ .
ﺃﺣﺮﻑ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ .
ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ٦ ﻦ ﻣ ٢ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻃﻠﻊ ،ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺪ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳ (١٤ ﺔ ﺻﻔﺤ ) <ﻣﻠﻒ /ﻣﺴﺎﺭ /ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ > .
ﺃﻏﻨﻴﺔ (RC-405)
ﺑﻌﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ :
ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻓﻲ .
ﺃﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ /ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ﻳﺨﺘﺎﺭ : .
ﻣﻠﻒ /ﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ : ﻭ ﺍ ﻻﻳﻘﺎﻑ /ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ ﻟﻼﻳﻘﺎﻑ : .
ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎﻑ *AM– / #FM+
+¢ / 4
ENT 38
■
ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻮﻋﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻟﻠﺮﺟﻮﻉ :
ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ .
ﺭ ﺍﻟﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ .
ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻳﺆﻛﺪ : .
ﺃﻏﻨﻴﺔ /ﻣﻠﻒ /ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ﻳﺨﺘﺎﺭ : .
ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ : ENT 38
∞ / 5
■
■
■
ﺭ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ،ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻹﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﻰ ﻋﻠ .
ﻭ ﺃ ﺃﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﺃﻃﻮﻝ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ .iPod
ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻗﻮﺍﺋﻢ ٠ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﺑﺠﺪﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻭﻑ ﺑﺨﻼﻑ ﺭﻣﺰ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ .“ * ”
ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻗﻢ ،٩ ﻭﺣﺘﻰ ﻲ ﻋﺮﺑ ١ ٤ Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ﺎ ﻳﺪﻭﻳ iPod ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻭﺿﻊ .
ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ 1 (iPod) ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺯﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻛﺮﺭ KDC-U4549
iPod
ﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ .
ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﻗﻢ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺣﺪﺩ ١ (
١٤ ﺔ ﺻﻔﺤ ) ﺎ ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﻣﻊ iPod ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻛﺮﺭ .
ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻡ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎ ﺯﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻊ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ٢ .
ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ 5 (MEMO MY LIST) : HANDS ON
.iPod
ﺍﻟـ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻦ iPod ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﺤﻜﻢ ﺕ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻻ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ .(
ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ ) ( ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺗﻢ ) “ STORED” ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ##
##
■
ﺮ ﺗﻈﻬ .ﺃﻏﻨﻴﺎﺕ ١ ٠ ﻰ ﺇﻟ ﻳﺼﻞ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺖ ﺣﺎﻭﻟ ﺇﺫﺍ ،(ﻣﻤﺘﻠﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ) “MEMORY FULL” .
ﻋﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷ ﺳﺘﻌﺮﺽ .ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻐﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧﻲ ﺣﻮﻝ .“iPod MODE”
■
.
ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻦ iPod ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﺤﻜﻢ : HANDS OFF ،
ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ iPod ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺣﺎﻭﻟﺖ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺎ ﻣﺘﺒﻮﻋ (ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻻ ) “NO INFO” ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ .(
ﺃﻏﻨﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﺤﻮ ) “MPLIST DELETE” ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮ ﺷﺪﺓ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺃﺩﺭ ،ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻭﻟﻤﺤﻮ .
ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺛﻢ ،(ﻧﻌﻢ ) “YES” ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﻐﺮﺽ ﻊ ﻭﺿ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ .
ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺑﺈﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﺑﺤﺚ [SETTINGS]
ﻭﺿﻊ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘ ﻣﺤﺮﺭ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺃﻭ iPod ﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ... KENWOOD
ﻰ ﺇﻟ ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ١ .[FUNCTION]
ﻢ ﺛ ،[SETTINGS] ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺃﺩﺭ ٢ .
ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ■
■
.
ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺚ ﺑﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺗﻘﻢ ﻻ ﻂ ﺍﺿﻐ ﺛﻢ ،ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺃﺩﺭ ٣ .
ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴ ﺑﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺃﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺘ ) 5 (MEMO MY LIST) ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ١ .
ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ (ﺑﺎﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ .
ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﻐﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻧﻈﺮ .
ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻹﻧﻬﺎﺀ ﻰ ﻋﻠ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ٤ .“MY PLAYLIST”
ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺪ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺪﻳ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ (* :
ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻖ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ) ،
ﺑﻬﺎ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺑﺪﻝ ٢ .
ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺛﻢ ﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻨ ﺔ ﻧﺴﺒ ﻳﺤﺪﺩ :10% /5% /1% /* 0.5% SKIP SEARCH ﻲ ﻓ ﺃﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻲ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻮﻋﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ .
ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ■
ﻞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻻ .
ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴ ﺑﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺃﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺘ ) 5 (MEMO MY LIST) ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ١ .
ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ (ﺑﺎﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻟﺤﺬﻑ :YES MPLIST DELETE ; .
ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ .
ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺀ :* NO .“MY PLAYLIST”
ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻲ ﻓ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺑﺪﻝ ٢ .
ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻊ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺛﻢ ،ﺣﺬﻓﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺃ [DELETE ONE] ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺃﺩﺭ ٣ .
ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺛﻢ ،[DELETE ALL] ﻲ ﺍﻷﻏﺎﻧ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻟﺤﺬﻑ (ﺍﻟﻜﻞ ﺣﺬﻑ ) “DELETE ALL” ﺣﺪﺩ .
ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ■
ﺡ ﻳﺘﺎ (ﺃﻏﻨﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﺤﻮ ) [MPLIST DELETE] ﺑﻨﺪ .“iPod”
ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻟﻼﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻂ ﺍﺿﻐ ﺛﻢ ،[YES] ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺃﺩﺭ ٤ .
ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ .“COMPLETED”
ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ١٥ ﻲ ﻋﺮﺑ Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
■
ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﻭﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻰ ﻋﻠ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ :
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ .
ﺑﺎﻷﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻠﻤﺲ ﻻ ■
■
ﻻ ﻭ ﺍﻷﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺑﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﻱ ﺗﻠﺼﻖ ﻻ .
ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻠﺼﻮﻗﺎ ﺃﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ■
.
ﻟﻸﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﺃﻱ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻻ ■
USB
ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺎ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ .
ﻟﻠﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻔﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﺑﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﻗﻢ ﻭ ﺃ ﺟﺎﻑ ﺳﻴﻠﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﻧﻈﻒ ■
■
ﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳ ﺳﻌﺔ ﻓﺌﺔ ﻣﻦ USB ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ .
ﻣﺬﻳﺒﺎﺕ ﺃﻱ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻻ .ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﻗﻤﺎﺵ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ■
.
ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻮ ﻧﺤ ﺍﺳﺤﺒﻬﺎ ،ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ■
ﻲ ﻓ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻻ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ USB ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻗﻢ .
ﺃﻓﻘﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺝ ■
.
ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻗﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺇﻋﺎﻗﺘﻚ ﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧ ﻭﺣﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﻑ ﺍﻧﺰﻉ ■
ﻊ ﻣﺠﻤ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻋﻦ USB ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻻ .
ﺃﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻗﺒﻞ .
ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﻗﺎﺭﺉ ﺃﻭ USB ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻱ ■
ﺔ ﻧﺴﺨ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺗﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻻ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﻷﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺘ CD ﺃﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ■
.
ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ ■
ﺪ ﻗ ﺃﻣﺘﺎﺭ ٥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻃﻮﻟﻪ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻓﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ :
ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ .
ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ■
ﺭ ﺇﻛﺴﺴﻮﺍ ) CA-U1EX ،USB ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ .USB
ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ (ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ■
.
ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺪﻳﺮﺓ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻷﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ■
ﺢ ﺳﻄ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﻷﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ (
ﻓﻘﻂ KDC-U4549SD) SD ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺓ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻫﺬﺍ .
ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﺨﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺓ ﻹﻋﺎﺩ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﺃﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻻ ■
■
.SDHC
ﺃﻭ SD ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻊ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ SDHC/SD ٣٢ ≥) SDHC ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ،(ﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﺟﻴﺠﺎ ٢ ≥) SD ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ (
ﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﺟﻴﺠﺎ ﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻣﺤﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻭ ﺃ microSD ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺃﻭ miniSDHC ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺃﻭ miniSD .microSDHC
ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻻ .(MMC) MultiMedia Card
ﺔ ﺑﺼﻴﻐ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻻ ﺎ ﺇﻧﻬﺎﺅﻫ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻟﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ /ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻉ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮ ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ،ﺍﻹﻧﻬﺎﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺮﻑ ) .ﺑﻌﺪ ﺕ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻭ ،ﺍﻷﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺇﻟﻰ .(
ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻞ ■
■
ﻢ ﺣﺠ ﺫﺍﺕ CD ﺃﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻻ ﺯ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﻭﻋﻨﺪ .ﺑﻮﺻﺎﺕ ٣ ﺙ ﺣﺪﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻗﺪ ﻓﺈﻧﻬﺎ ،ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ .
ﺧﻠﻞ ■
■
.SD
ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺎﺕ ﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻐﻴ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺃﻭﺩﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻠﻒ ■
ﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓ iPhone/iPod ﻋﻦ ﻧﺒﺬﺓ Made for
(.wma) WMA ،(.mp3) MP3 :
:
ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻴﺪﻳﺎ ■
– iPod touch (4th generation)
– iPod touch (3rd generation)
– iPod touch (2nd generation)
– iPod touch (1st generation)
– iPod classic
CD-R/RW/ROM
:
ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻒ ﻣﻠ ﺍﺳﻢ ،ﺭﻣﻴﻮ ،ﺟﻮﻟﻴﺖ ،٢ /١ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ISO 9660 ■
.
ﻃﻮﻳﻞ ■
:SD
ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺃﻭ USB ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ – iPod with video
FAT32 ,FAT16
ﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﻴ ﺗﻔﻲ ﺃﻭﺩﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﺐ ﺣﺴ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ،ﻳﺘﻌﺬﺭ ﻗﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺇﻻ ،ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ .
ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺪﻳﺎ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ – iPod nano (6th generation)
– iPod nano (5th generation)
– iPod nano (4th generation)
– iPod nano (3rd generation)
– iPod nano (2nd generation)
ﻲ ﻋﺮﺑ ١ ٦ Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
– iPod nano (1st generation)
– iPhone 4
– iPhone 3GS
– iPhone 3G
– iPhone
(
٢٠١١ ﺮ ﻳﻨﺎﻳ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺪﺀﺍ ) ■
■
■
.
ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ iPhone/iPod ﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺃﺣﺪﺙ :
ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﺯ ﺟﻬﺎ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗ ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ .ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻞ iPod .
ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﻰ ﺇﻟ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ “iPod” ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺗﺸﻴﺮ ﺯ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻞ iPhone ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ iPod ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻖ ﻣﻠﺤ ) KCA-iP102 ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞ ،ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ .(
ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻲ ■
ﻢ ﻳﺘ iPod ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺑﺪﺀ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ .iPod
ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺃﻭﻻ ﻥ ﺩﻭ “RESUMING” ﻋﺮﺽ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ،ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺰ ﺭﻣ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺳﻴﺆﺩﻱ .ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﻣﺎ ،ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ .
ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺭ ﻇﻬﻮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ iPod ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻟﻦ .iPod
ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ “✓” ﺃﻭ “KENWOOD” ■
“KENWOOD Music Editor”
ﺣﻮﻝ ■
ﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﺭ ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍ ﺃﻭ “KENWOOD Music Editor Light ver1.1” .
ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺙ ■
ﺕ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺎﺕ ﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺞ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻚ ﻳﻤﻜﻨ “KENWOOD Music Editor Light ver1.1” ﻢ ﺍﺳ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻟﺒﻮﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻮﻋﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﺎﻥ .(
١٤ ﺔ ﺻﻔﺤ ) ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ■
ﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻄﻠ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ،ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ،ﻳﺘﻢ ﺯ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻠﺪﻻﻟﺔ “Music Editor ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ” ﺓ ﻗﺎﻋﺪ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻱ .KENWOOD Music Editor
ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻣﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ■
ﻦ ﻣ “KENWOOD Music Editor Light ver1.1” ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮ :
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺧﻼﻝ ■
ﻝ ﺣﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻢ ﻗ ،“KENWOOD Music Editor Light ver1.1” ﻊ ﺭﺍﺟ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ .
ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ١٧ ﻲ ﻋﺮﺑ Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ﺮ ﺍﻟﺤ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ .KCA-BT200
ﺃﻭ KCA-BT300 ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻳﻮﺻﻞ : KDC-U4549 /KDC-U4549SD : ﺮﻴﻀﺤﺘﻟﺍ ■
ﺎ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ .
ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ .
ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻻﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﻗﺼﻴﺮﺓ ﻟﻮﻫﻠﺔ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ KDC-U4549 /KDC-U4549SD
■
ﻝ ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮ ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ .
ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ■
■
.
ﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻠﺮﺩ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ KDC-U549BT
■
.
ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ■
.
ﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻠﺮﺩ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺮ ﻭﻳﻈﻬ ،ﺟﻮﺍﻝ ﺑﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻳﺘﻢ ٦ ﻦ ﻣ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ،(HF ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ) “HF CONNECT” ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ .
ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺮﺍﻥ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴ ﺑﺪﺀ ﻒ ﻫﺎﺗ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﺒﻞ .
ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺟﻮﺍﻝ ■
ﻥ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺮﺍ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ > ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ■
ﻱ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻮ Bluetooth ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ .(
٢٢ ﺔ ﺻﻔﺤ ) <ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻠﺔ ﺮ ﺍﻧﻈ ،ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺮﺍﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺧﻄﺄ ﻛﻮﺩ ﺃﻱ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻝ ﺣﻮ > ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ،ﺍﻟﺤﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﺑﻤﻴﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭﺩ ■
.(
٢٦ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ) <ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ .(
٣٤ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ) <ﻭﺍﻻﺻﻼﺡ ﺍﻻﻋﻄﺎﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ > KDC-U549BT
ﻝ ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮ ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ١ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻠ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺮﺍﻥ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ KDC-U4549 / KDC-U4549SD
.
ﻫﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻣﺔ ﺧﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺙ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺇﻥ (
ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ) ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺮﺍﻥ .١ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ .
ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ SRC ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ١ ﺯ ﺟﻬﺎ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﺑﺪﺃ ٢ .
ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﻞ ﺑﺘﺴﺠﻴ ﺳﺘﻘﻮﻡ ،ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺯ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ .(ﺍﻗﺘﺮﺍﻥ ) ﺍﻟﺤﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺓ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰ ﻻﺋﺤﺔ ﻣﻦ “KCA-BT200” ﺃﻭ “KCA-BT300” .
ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻠﺔ .“PAIRING”
ﻋﺮﺽ ﻳﺘﻢ .“SEARCHING”
ﻋﺮﺽ ﻳﺘﻢ ٢ .
ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻓﻴﺘﻢ .“FINISHED”
ﻋﺮﺽ ﻳﺘﻢ ،ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻢ ﺛ ،ﺟﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﺓ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺃﺩﺭ ٣ .
ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ PIN
ﻛﻮﺩ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻗﻢ ٤ ■
.
ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﺓ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺃﺩﺭ .
ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ (“0000”) PIN ﺍﻟـ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ٣ .
ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻤﺖ ﻗﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻚ ﻳﻤﻜﻨ .ﺇﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﻛﺮﻣﺰ “0000” ﻋﻠﻰ PIN ﺭﻣﺰ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺗﻢ PIN
ﻛﻮﺩ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺭﺟﻊ .ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ <
ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ > ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺗﺤﺖ [PIN CODE EDIT] .(
٢٥ ﺔ ﺻﻔﺤ ) ■
.¢
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ■
.4
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﻟﻤﺤﻮ .PIN
ﻛﻮﺩ ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﺓ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ٥ ﺀ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ،“PAIRING OK” ﻋﺮﺽ ﺗﻢ ﺇﺫﺍ .
ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ،(
ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ ) “CONFIRM PHONE” ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻇﻬﺮ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻒ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﻓﻘﻢ .
ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﻝ ﺙ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﺪﺃ ،ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻦ ٤ .
ﺍﻟﺤﺮ ﻲ ﻋﺮﺑ ١ ٨ Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ﺔ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤ ﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﺓ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ٧ ﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴ .٢ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ﻦ ﻳﺘﻌﻴ ،ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻲ ﺑﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ .ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻤﺎ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ .(
٢٤ ﺔ ﺻﻔﺤ ) <ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ > ﺍﻧﻈﺮ .
ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻴﺔ ■
ﻩ ﻫﺬ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻠﻪ ﻳﺘﻌﻴﻦ ،ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ .(
٢٠ ﺔ ﺻﻔﺤ ) <ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ > ﺭﺍﺟﻊ .ﺃﻭﻻ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ■
ﺕ ﻋﻼﻣﺎ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺣﺮﻑ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ،ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻓﻲ ﻖ ﻧﻄ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻑ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺪﻻ “u” ﻣﺜﻞ ﻧﻄﻖ .“BT”
ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﻳﻀﻲﺀ ﺟﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺮ ﺍﻟﺤ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ .٣ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ﺪ ﻋﻨ ﺍﻟﻴﺪﻳﻦ ﺣﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ .
ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ .“ü”
ﻣﺜﻞ ■
:
ﻳﻠﻲ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺎﺕ ﺑﻨﻮﺩ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ■
;
ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ :OF ; ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻝ :HM ; ﻋﺎﻡ :GE ﻞ ﺗﺴﺠﻴ > ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺭﺟﻊ .ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻯ ﺃﺧﺮ :OT ; ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ :MO .(
٢٣ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ) <(ﺍﻗﺘﺮﺍﻥ ) ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺔ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻴ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ KDC-U549BT
١ .
ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎ ﺳﺠﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ “OUTGOING”
ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﺓ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺃﺩﺭ ٢ (
ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ) “INCOMING” ﺃﻭ (ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ) ﻂ ﺍﺿﻐ ﺛﻢ ،(ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺋﺘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ) “MISSED CALLS” ﺃﻭ .
ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ KDC-U4549 / KDC-U4549SD
ﻪ ﺑ ﻭﺍﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﺓ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ .
ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ ﻢ ﺛ ،ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﺓ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺃﺩﺭ ٢ .
ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻟﻐﺮﺽ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ .
ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﺓ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺃﺩﺭ ٣ ﺔ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤ ﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﺓ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ٤ .
ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻴﺔ ■
.
ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻛﻞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺗﻢ ■
ﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﻻﺋﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﻻﺋﺤﺔ −
ﻢ ﺑﺮﻗ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ :(ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ) “PHONE BOOK” ﺕ ﻻﺋﺤﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﻻﺋﺤﺔ ﻩ ﻫﺬ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺅﻫﺎ ﺗﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺓ ﺫﺍﻛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺋﺤﺎﺕ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻭﻫﻲ .ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ .
ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻒ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ −
/(
ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ) “OUTGOING” /(
ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ) “INCOMING” ﻝ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎ :(ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺋﺘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ) “MISSED CALLS” ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎ ﺳﺠﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ﻲ ﻫﺎﺗﻔ ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻢ ﺛ ،“NUMBER DIAL” ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺃﺩﺭ ٢ .
ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ −
ﻲ ﻫﺎﺗﻔ ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ :“NUMBER DIAL” −
ﻢ ﺍﻹﺳ ﻧﻄﻖ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ :“VOICE RECOG” −
(
ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ ) ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ .
ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﺓ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺃﺩﺭ ٣ ■
.DISP
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻭﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ■
.¢
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ■
ﺭ ﺍﻟﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻟﻠﺮﺟﻮﻉ ■
.4
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﻟﻤﺤﻮ .
ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺣﺘﻔﻆ ■
ﻭ ﺃ (AM–)* ﺃﻭ (FM+) ﺃﻭ (0 — 1) ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺯﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ #
■
.
SRC
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ،Bluetooth ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭﺝ .
ﺑﻌﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ (¢)+ .
ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻴﺔ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ٤ ﻒ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻢ ﺛ ،“PHONE BOOK” ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺃﺩﺭ ٢ .
ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺮﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ٣ .
ﺍﻷﺑﺠﺪﻳﺔ ■
.
ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ■
.
ﺑﻌﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻓﻲ OK ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ■
٣٢ /(KDC-U549BT) ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﺑﺤﺪ ﻋﺪﺩﺍ ٢ ٥ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ .(KDC-U4549 /KDC-U4549SD)
ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﺑﺤﺪ ﻋﺪﺩﺍ .
ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻑ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺑﺪﻝ ٤ ■
.BAND
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻒ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ■
.
ﻰ ﻋﻠ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻟﻠﺮﺟﻮﻉ .
ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ٥ .
ﻭﻓﺌﺔ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﺓ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺃﺩﺭ ٦ ■
.¢ / 4
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻑ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻳﺴﺘﻜﻤﻞ ١٩ ﻲ ﻋﺮﺑ Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
(
ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ ) ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ .(6 – 1)
ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺯﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ٢ ﺔ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤ ﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﺓ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ٣ .
ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻴﺔ ﺔ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤ ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﺔ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻴ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺩ KDC-U549BT
.
ﻰ ﻋﻠ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ KDC-U4549 / KDC-U4549SD
.
ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺓ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺭﻓﺾ ﺔ ﺳﺎﺑﻘ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ) ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻲ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ (
ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ :
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ٢ ﻞ ﺳﺠ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ /ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻲ ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻒ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ /ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺎ ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺣﺘﻔﻆ (6 – 1) ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺯﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ٣ .
ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ .
SRC
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻝ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎ ﻗﻄﻊ KDC-U549BT
.
ﻰ ﻋﻠ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ KDC-U4549 / KDC-U4549SD
SRC
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻒ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺙ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ 6 ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺯﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺮ ﺍﻟﺤ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﻭﻭﺿﻊ (“PRIVATE TALK”) ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ .(“HANDS FREE”)
ﻢ ﺍﻹﺳ ﻧﻄﻖ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ،“VOICE RECOG”
ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺃﺩﺭ ٢ .
ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺛﻢ ﻰ ﻋﻠ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ) “V-RECG READY” ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ .(
ﺟﺎﻫﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮ ﻟﺘﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﺓ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ٣ .
ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ .“PB NAME”
ﻋﺮﺽ ﻳﺘﻢ ٤ .
ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺑﻨﻄﻖ ﻗﻢ ،ﺻﺎﻓﺮﺓ ﺳﻤﺎﻉ ﻋﻨﺪ .
ﺭ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻈﺎ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻢ ﺛ ،[ANSWER] ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺃﺩﺭ .
ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ .“PN TYPE”
ﻋﺮﺽ ﻳﺘﻢ ٥ .
ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺔ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺑﻨﻄﻖ ﻗﻢ ،ﺻﺎﻓﺮﺓ ﺳﻤﺎﻉ ﻋﻨﺪ .
ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﺗﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ (ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ) ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺔ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤ ﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﺓ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ٦ .
ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻴﺔ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻠﺔ ﻢ ﺛ ،[REJECT] ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺃﺩﺭ .
ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﻦ ﺑﻴ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﺓ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ .
ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻠﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ ■
ﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ٤ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ﺗﻤﺎﺛﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ﻫﺬﻩ <
ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ > ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻓﻲ ﻯ ﺇﺣﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ .(١٩ ﺔ ﺻﻔﺤ ) .
ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺎﺕ ﻒ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺎ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ■
.
ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻚ ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﺻﻮﺗﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺓ ﺇﻋﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﺓ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻟﻚ ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﻦ ﻋ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ > ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺭﺟﻊ .ﺻﻮﺗﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻮﻕ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻣﺤﺎﻭﻟﺔ .(
٣٤ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ) <ﻭﺍﻻﺻﻼﺡ ﺍﻻﻋﻄﺎﻝ ﻞ ﺩﻟﻴ ﻣﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺎ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻓﺴﻴﺘﻢ ،ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ .
ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺪ ■
.
ﺻﻮﺗﻲ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺌﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ■
ﻒ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗ ﻓﻲ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻗﺪ .(
٢٤ ﺔ ﺻﻔﺤ ) <ﺻﻮﺗﻲ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ > ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺭﺟﻊ .
ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﻝ ■
ﻰ ﻋﻠ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻻ ■
ﻰ ﺣﺘ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺗﺠﺪ ﻟﻢ ﺇﺫﺍ .
ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻚ ﻫﺎﺗﻔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻞ ﻓﻤﻦ ،ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻹﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻒ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﻻ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﻝ ﺔ ﺑﻤﺤﺎﻭﻟ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻭﻓﻲ .ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎ .
ﻳﺪﻭﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻲ ﻋﺮﺑ ٢ ٠ Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
(RC-405)
ﺑﻌﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ :
ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻴﺔ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ .
ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ : ﺎ ﻳﺪﻭﻳ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻝ ﺍﺗﺼﺎ ﺑﺈﻧﻬﺎﺀ ﻗﻢ ،ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻦ ١ .
ﺍﻟﺤﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﺙ .
ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻳﺨﺘﺎﺭ : ∞ / 5
ﺕ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﺑﺈﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻗﻢ ،ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻦ ٢ .
ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺕ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻗﻢ ،ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻦ .
ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻝ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ : ENT 38 ﺔ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻴ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ : DIRECT .
ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ : ﻝ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ “#” ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ : .
ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻗﻢ 9 — 0
#FM+
■
.“DOWNLOADING”
ﻋﺮﺽ ﻳﺘﻢ :ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ■
.“COMPLETE”
ﻋﺮﺽ ﻳﺘﻢ :ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻝ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ “*” ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ : .
ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﻝ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ “+” ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ : .
ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻗﻢ *AM–
+ ¢
4
ﺙ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﺪﺃ ،ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻦ ٣ .
ﺍﻟﺤﺮ ■
.
ﺯﺭ ﺃﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻛﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻤﺴﺢ ■
ﻝ ﺟﻮﺍ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺭﻗﻢ ١ ٠٠٠ ﻰ ﺇﻟ ﻳﺼﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ .
ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻟﻤﺴﺢ : :
ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﻲ .
ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻴﺔ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺩ : .
ﻣﺴﺠﻞ ■
/(KDC-U549BT)
ﻋﺪﺩﺍ ٢٥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻳﺼﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻢ ﺭﻗ ﻟﻜﻞ (KDC-U4549 /KDC-U4549SD) ﻋﺪﺩﺍ ٣٢ .
ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻳﺸﻜﻠﻮﻥ ﺣﺮﻓﺎ *٥٠ ﻰ ﺇﻟ ﻳﺼﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ﺩ ﻋﺪ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻞ ﻣﻦ .ﺍﻷﺑﺠﺪﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻭﻑ ﻋﺪﺩ :٥٠ *) (.
ﻟﻨﻮﻋﻬﺎ ﺗﺒﻌﺎ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻭﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻊ ﻭﻭﺿ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ : ENT 38 .
ﺍﻟﺤﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﺙ :
ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﻖ ﺗﻌﻠﻴ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺩ : ■
ﻒ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗ ﺷﻐﻞ ،ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻹﻟﻐﺎﺀ .
ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ .
ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﻝ ﺀ ﺇﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺩ : .l
ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ SRC
1
.
ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺇﻛﻤﺎﻝ : :
ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ .
ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﺇﻧﻬﺎﺀ : SRC
٢١ ﻲ ﻋﺮﺑ Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ﺙ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻮﺗﻮ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ .KCA-BT200
ﺃﻭ KCA-BT300 ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻳﻮﺻﻞ : KDC-U4549 /KDC-U4549SD : ﺮﻴﻀﺤﺘﻟﺍ ﻙ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺠﻼ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ /
ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﺑﺤﺪ ﺟﻮﺍﻟﺔ ﻫﻮﺍﺗﻒ ﺧﻤﺴﺔ ﻝ ﺟﻮﺍ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻠ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺮﺍﻥ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ .
ﻓﻘﻂ KDC-U549BT • ﻝ ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮ ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ١ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻠ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺮﺍﻥ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎ ﺃﻭ “(ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﺳﻢ )” ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ٢ .(
ﻣﻤﺘﻠﺊ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ) “DEVICE FULL” .“PAIRING”
ﻋﺮﺽ ﻳﺘﻢ .
ﺟﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﺓ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺃﺩﺭ ٣ “[DVC SEARCH]”
ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺟﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ■
ﻞ ﺗﺴﺠﻴ ﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺒﻌﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ■
:
ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺔ ﺣﺎﻟ ﻓﻲ ” ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺭﺟﻊ ﺛﻢ ،(ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ) −
ﻞ ﺗﺴﺠﻴ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ :(ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ) “SEARCHING” .“
ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺓ ﺟﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ .
ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺓ ﺟﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ﻒ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﺓ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ٤ −
ﻝ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ :“(ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﺳﻢ )” .
ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﻝ .
ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺠﻼ ﻙ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ :(ﻣﻤﺘﻠﺊ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ) “DEVICE FULL” ■
ﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎ ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ :“(ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﺳﻢ ) ”
✱
−
.
ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﻲ ﻓ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ :“(ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﺳﻢ )-” .
ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺔ ﻣﺴﺠﻠ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﺑﺤﺪ ﺟﻮﺍﻟﺔ ﻫﻮﺍﺗﻒ ﺧﻤﺴﺔ ■
.
ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ ■
■
.
ﻣﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ :“(ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﺳﻢ ) ” ﻢ ﺛ ،ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﺯﻝ ،ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ .
ﺁﺧﺮ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﺎ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻞ ﺗﺴﺠﻴ ،ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺓ ﺟﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻝ ﺟﻮﺍ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ .“SEARCHING”
ﻋﺮﺽ ﻳﺘﻢ ٢ .
ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺮﺍﻥ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ٥ .
ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻓﻴﺘﻢ .“FINISHED”
ﻋﺮﺽ ﻳﺘﻢ ،ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻢ ﺛ ،ﺟﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﺓ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺃﺩﺭ ٣ .
ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻣﺤﻮ ﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎ ﺃﻭ “(ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﺳﻢ )” ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ٢ .(
ﻣﻤﺘﻠﺊ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ) “DEVICE FULL” PIN
ﻛﻮﺩ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻗﻢ ٤ .
ﺟﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﺓ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺃﺩﺭ ٣ ﻪ ﺑ ﻭﺍﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﺓ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ٤ .
ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻟﻤﺤﻮ ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ .“DELETE”
ﻋﺮﺽ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻂ ﺍﺿﻐ ﺛﻢ ،“YES” ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺃﺩﺭ ٥ .
ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ■
.
ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﺓ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺃﺩﺭ ■
.¢
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ■
.4
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﻟﻤﺤﻮ .PIN
ﻛﻮﺩ ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﺓ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ٥ ﺀ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ،“PAIRING OK” ﻋﺮﺽ ﺗﻢ ﺇﺫﺍ .
ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ .“COMPLETED”
ﻋﺮﺽ ﻳﺘﻢ ،(
ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ ) “CONFIRM PHONE” ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻇﻬﺮ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻒ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﻓﻘﻢ .
ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﻝ ﺮ ﻭﻳﻈﻬ ،ﺟﻮﺍﻝ ﺑﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻳﺘﻢ ٦ ﻦ ﻣ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ،(HF ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ) “HF CONNECT” ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ .
ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺮﺍﻥ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ■
ﺮ ﺍﻧﻈ ،ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺮﺍﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺧﻄﺄ ﻛﻮﺩ ﺃﻱ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ .(
٣٤ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ) <ﻭﺍﻻﺻﻼﺡ ﺍﻻﻋﻄﺎﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ > ﻲ ﻋﺮﺑ ٢ ٢ Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
(
ﺍﻗﺘﺮﺍﻥ ) ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺙ ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ .
ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ SRC ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ١ .
ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻹﻧﻬﺎﺀ SRC
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ،Bluetooth ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻦ ﻓﻠ ،ﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ٥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻛﺎﺗﻦ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻰ ﻋﻠ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ١ ٠ ■
.
■
ﺯ ﺟﻬﺎ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﺑﺪﺃ ٢ .
ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ .
ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻞ ﺑﺘﺴﺠﻴ ﺳﺘﻘﻮﻡ ،ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺮ ﺍﺧﺘ .(ﺍﻗﺘﺮﺍﻥ ) ﺍﻟﺤﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺹ ﺧﺎ ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ KDC-U549BT
١ ﻭ ﺃ “KCA-BT300” ﺃﻭ “KENWOOD BT CD/R-3P1” .
ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ “KCA-BT200” .
ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ (“0000“) PIN ﺍﻟـ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ٣ .
ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻤﺖ ﻗﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻚ ﻳﻤﻜﻨ .ﺇﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﻛﺮﻣﺰ “0000” ﻋﻠﻰ PIN ﺭﻣﺰ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺗﻢ PIN
ﻛﻮﺩ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺭﺟﻊ .ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ <
ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ > ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺗﺤﺖ [PIN CODE EDIT] .(
٢٥ ﺔ ﺻﻔﺤ ) .
ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ KDC-U4549 / KDC-U4549SD
ﻪ ﺑ ﻭﺍﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﺓ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ .
ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ ﻢ ﺛ ،[SETTINGS] ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺃﺩﺭ ٢ .
ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻢ ﺛ ،[PAIRING] ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺃﺩﺭ ٣ .
ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ [S-DVC SELECT]
ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﺓ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺃﺩﺭ ٤ .
ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺛﻢ ،(ﺧﺎﺹ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ) ﻂ ﺍﺿﻐ ﺛﻢ ،ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﺓ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺃﺩﺭ ٥ .
ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﺍ ﻫﺬ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ > ﻣﻦ ٤ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﻧﻔﺬ ٦ .(
ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺮﺍﻥ ) ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻭﺃﻛﻤﻞ <ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺙ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﺪﺃ ،ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻦ ٤ .
ﺍﻟﺤﺮ t
ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ KDC-U549BT
١ .
ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ KDC-U4549 / KDC-U4549SD
ﻪ ﺑ ﻭﺍﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﺓ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ .
ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ ﻢ ﺛ ،[SETTINGS] ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺃﺩﺭ ٢ .
ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ■
ﺮ ﻓﺎﺧﺘ ،ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻢ ﺇﺫﺍ .“OTHER PHONE”
ﺁﺧﺮ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﺎ ﻢ ﺛ ،[PAIRING] ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺃﺩﺭ ٣ .
ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ [DEVICE SEARCH]
ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﺓ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺃﺩﺭ ٤ .
ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺛﻢ ،(ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ) ﺯ ﺟﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﺓ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ٥ .
ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ .“FINISHED”
ﻋﺮﺽ ﻳﺘﻢ ،ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻢ ﺛ ،ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﺓ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺃﺩﺭ ٦ .
ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ /KDC-U4549SD) (
ﺍﻗﺘﺮﺍﻥ ) “PAIRING” ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ٧ (
ﻓﻘﻂ KCA-BT300 ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﻊ KDC-U4549 .
١٠ ﺓ ﻟﻠﺨﻄﻮ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ،“PAIRING OK” ﻋﺮﺽ ﺗﻢ ﺇﺫﺍ .
٨ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﺎﻧﺘﻘﻞ ،“PIN CODE NG” ﻋﺮﺽ ﺗﻢ ﺇﺫﺍ PIN
ﻛﻮﺩ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻗﻢ ٨ ■
.
ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﺓ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺃﺩﺭ ■
.¢
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ■
.4
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﻟﻤﺤﻮ .PIN
ﻛﻮﺩ ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﺓ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ٩ ﺀ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ،“PAIRING OK” ﻋﺮﺽ ﺗﻢ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺰ ﺭﻣ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﺇﻥ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺧﻄﺄ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻇﻬﺮﺕ ﺇﺫﺍ .ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ .
ﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺟﺮﺏ ،ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺎ PIN ٢٣ ﻋﺮﺑﻲ Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
■
ﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻮ ﺑﻤﺤﻮ ﻗﻢ ،“PB NAME DEL” ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ،“YES”
ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺃﺩﺭ .ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ .
ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺛﻢ ﺙ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻮﺗﻮ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ KDC-U549BT
١ .
ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ KDC-U4549 / KDC-U4549SD
ﻖ ﺍﻧﻄ ﺑﻴﺐ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺳﻤﺎﻉ ﻋﻨﺪ .“ENTER 1” ﻋﺮﺽ ﻳﺘﻢ ٧ .
ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﻏﻀﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻮﻕ ﻖ ﺍﻧﻄ ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺳﻤﺎﻉ ﻋﻨﺪ .“ENTER 2” ﻋﺮﺽ ﻳﺘﻢ ٨ ﺲ ﺑﻨﻔ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﻏﻀﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﻧﻔﺲ .
٧ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻪ ﺑ ﻭﺍﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﺓ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ .
ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ ﻢ ﺛ ،[SETTINGS] ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺃﺩﺭ ٢ .
ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ .“COMPLETE”
ﻋﺮﺽ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻟﻠﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﺓ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ٩ .
٥ ﻢ ﺛ ،[PAIRING] ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺃﺩﺭ ٣ .
ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ [PHONE SELECT]
ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﺓ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺃﺩﺭ ٤ ﺯ ﺟﻬﺎ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ) [AUDIO SELECT] ﺃﻭ (ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ) .
ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺛﻢ ،(ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺎﺕ .
ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﺓ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺃﺩﺭ ٥ ﺯ ﺟﻬﺎ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﺓ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ٦ .
ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ■
.
ﻰ ﻋﻠ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ،ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭﺝ SRC
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ،Bluetooth ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭﺝ .
ﺻﻮﺗﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻮﻕ ٣٥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻳﺼﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻴ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺎﺕ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻳﺨﺮﺝ ﻻ .
ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻮﻕ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ■
■
■
.
■
.
ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ :“(ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﻢ ) ”
✱
ﻒ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ KDC-U549BT
١ ■
ﻊ ﻭﺿ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ :“(ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﻢ )-” .
ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ .
ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ■
■
.
ﻣﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ :“(ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﻢ ) ” ﻢ ﺛ ،ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﺯﻝ ،ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ .
ﺁﺧﺮ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﺎ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ KDC-U4549 / KDC-U4549SD
ﻪ ﺑ ﻭﺍﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﺓ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ .
ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ ﻢ ﺛ ،[SETTINGS] ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺃﺩﺭ ٢ .
ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻢ ﺛ ،[VOICE TAG] ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺃﺩﺭ ٣ .
ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻢ ﺛ ،[PN TYPE EDIT] ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﺓ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺃﺩﺭ ٤ .
ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻭ ﺃ [GENERAL] ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﺓ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺃﺩﺭ ٥ ﻢ ﺛ ،[OTHER] ﺃﻭ [MOBILE] ﺃﻭ [OFFICE] ﺃﻭ [HOME] .
ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ .
ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻹﻧﻬﺎﺀ ﻰ ﻋﻠ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ٧ SRC
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ،Bluetooth ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭﺝ ■
.
ﻲ ﺻﻮﺗ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻒ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ KDC-U549BT
١ .
ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ KDC-U4549 / KDC-U4549SD
ﻪ ﺑ ﻭﺍﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﺓ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ .
ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ ﻢ ﺛ ،[SETTINGS] ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺃﺩﺭ ٢ .
ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻢ ﺛ ،[PN TYPE REG] ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺃﺩﺭ ٦ .
ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻢ ﺛ ،[VOICE TAG] ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺃﺩﺭ ٣ .
ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ■
ﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻮ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻗﻢ ،“PN TYPE CHK” ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ (
ﻓﻘﻂ KDC-U4549 /KDC-U4549SD) .ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻞ ﻢ ﺛ ،[PB NAME EDIT] ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﺓ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺃﺩﺭ ٤ .
ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ■
ﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻮ ﺑﻤﺤﻮ ﻗﻢ ،“PN TYPE DEL” ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ،“YES”
ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺃﺩﺭ .ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ /KDC-U4549SD) .
ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺛﻢ (
ﻓﻘﻂ KDC-U4549 ﻪ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻠ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺑﺤﺚ ٥ ﻲ ﻓ ٥ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ .(
١٩ ﺔ ﺻﻔﺤ ) <ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ > ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺪ ﻷﺣ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻮﻕ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺗﻢ ﺇﺫﺍ .
ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻗﺒﻞ “*” ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﻓﻴﻈﻬﺮ ،ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﻖ ﺍﻧﻄ ﺑﻴﺐ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺳﻤﺎﻉ ﻋﻨﺪ .“ENTER 1” ﻋﺮﺽ ﻳﺘﻢ ٧ .
ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﻏﻀﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻮﻕ ﻖ ﺍﻧﻄ ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺳﻤﺎﻉ ﻋﻨﺪ .“ENTER 2” ﻋﺮﺽ ﻳﺘﻢ ٨ ﺲ ﺑﻨﻔ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﻏﻀﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﻧﻔﺲ .
٧ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻢ ﺛ ،[PB NAME REG] ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺃﺩﺭ ٦ .
ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ■
ﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻮ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻗﻢ ،“PB NAME CHK” ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ .“COMPLETE”
ﻋﺮﺽ ﻳﺘﻢ .
ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻞ ﻲ ﻋﺮﺑ ٢ ٤ Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ﻢ ﺛ ،[SETTINGS] ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺃﺩﺭ ٢ .
ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻟﻠﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﺓ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ٩ .
٥ ■
ﻂ ﺍﺿﻐ ﺛﻢ ،ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺃﺩﺭ ٣ .
ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻲ ﻭﻓ .ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺎﺕ ﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻮﻕ ﺣﺪﺩ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺎ ﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻮﻕ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺮ ﺍﻷﻣ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻻ ﻓﻘﺪ .
ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ ■
.
ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ■
ﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼ ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ /ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﺘﻰ ٣ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ﻛﺮﺭ .
ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ .
ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻰ ﻋﻠ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ٤ SRC
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ،Bluetooth ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﺙ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻮﺗﻮ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ KDC-U549BT
١ .
ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ■
.
ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻹﻧﻬﺎﺀ ■
.
KDC-U4549 / KDC-U4549SD
ﻪ ﺑ ﻭﺍﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﺓ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ .
ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ (* :
ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻖ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ) ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻨ PAIRING
.(
ﺍﻗﺘﺮﺍﻥ ) ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ DEVICE SEARCH (.
٢٣ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ،ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﺟﻞ ﻣﻦ ) .
ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺣﺪﺩ PHONE SELECT (.
٢٤ ﺔ ﺻﻔﺤ ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ،ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﺟﻞ ﻣﻦ ) :
ﻓﻘﻂ KDC-U4549 /KDC-U4549SD AUDIO SELECT (.
٢٤ ﺔ ﺻﻔﺤ ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ،ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﺟﻞ ﻣﻦ ) .ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻳﺨﺘﺎﺭ (.
٢٣ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ،ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﺟﻞ ﻣﻦ ) S-DVC SELECT .
ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀ DEVICE DELETE .
ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺛﻢ ،ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﺓ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺃﺩﺭ .
ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺛﻢ ،“YES” ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺃﺩﺭ (.
٢٧ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ،ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﺟﻞ ﻣﻦ ) .ﻗﺼﻴﺮﺓ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ SMS DOWNLOAD VOICE TAG
ﻲ ﻓ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻓﺌﺔ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻭﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻟﺨﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺑﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ PB NAME EDIT .
ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ (.
٢٤ ﺔ ﺻﻔﺤ ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ،ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﺟﻞ ﻣﻦ ) PN TYPE EDIT
DETAILED SET
،
ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ .ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ PIN ﻛﻮﺩ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ PIN CODE EDIT .“0000”
ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻳﺘﻢ .
ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﺓ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺃﺩﺭ .
¢
ﻰ ﻋﻠ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻰ ﻋﻠ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﻟﻤﺤﻮ .
4
PIN
ﻛﻮﺩ ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﺓ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻲ ﻓ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺩ :0 ; .ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻋﺪﻡ :OFF AUTO ANSWER ; .
ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻝ .
ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ٩٩ — ١ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﻳﺮﺩ :99 — * 8 — 1 ﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻳﺴﺘﻜﻤﻞ ٢٥ ﻲ ﻋﺮﺑ Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
(* :
ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻖ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ) ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻨ ﻂ ﻓﻘ KDC-U549BT RECONNECT
ﺔ ﻗﻮﻳ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﺔ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ :* ON .
ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺀ :OFF ; .ﻓﺼﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺣﺘﻰ ،ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺑﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﻢ ﺗ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻳﺘﻢ ،(ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ) ON ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ .[PHONE SELECT]
ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺼﻠﻪ ﻦ ﻣ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ :ALL ; .ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ :* FRONT BT HF /
BT HF/AUDIO
.
ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ .
ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺀ :OFF ; .ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ :* ON CALL BEEP
.
ﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺜﻪ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ BT F/W UPDATE ﺕ ﺻﻮ ﺍﺿﺒﻂ .ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻴﺔ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ﻷﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻳﻀﺒﻂ :+3 — * 0 – -3 MIC GAIN
.
ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ “+” ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ .ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻞ ﺕ ﺻﻮ ﺷﺪﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎﺀ ﻳﻘﻠﻞ :+3 — * 0 – -3 “+”
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ .ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻞ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﺿﺒﻂ .ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ .
ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎﺀ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ NR LEVEL
.
ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻯ ﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ “+” ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ .ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻯ ﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻳﻀﺒﻂ :+2 — * 0 – -2 EC LEVEL
■
ﻊ ﻣ KDC-U4549/KDC-U4549SD ﻭ KDC-U549BT ﻣﻦ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺇﻻ [MIC GAIN]، [NR LEVEL]، [EC LEVEL] ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻻ .KCA-BT300
■
ﺔ ﻭﻇﻴﻔ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺗﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺗﻢ ﻟﻘﺪ ﻲ ﺍﻟﺘ ﻟﻺﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﻃﺒﻘﺎ ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﺪ ﻗ ،ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻣﻊ .Bluetooth SIG ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺗﻘﻀﻲ ﺎ ﺗﺒﻌ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻳﺘﻌﺬﺭ .
ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻝ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺣﻮﻝ ٢٫٠ ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ :ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍﺭ ■
■
:
ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﻴﺔ (
ﺍﻟﺤﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ) HFP (
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ) OPP (
ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻠﻒ ) PBAP (
ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ) SYNC ﻦ ﻣ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺗﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺗﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺮﻑ :
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ،ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻘﻬﺎ ﻲ ﻋﺮﺑ ٢٦ Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
(
ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ) SMS ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ .KCA-BT200
ﺃﻭ KCA-BT300 ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻳﻮﺻﻞ : KDC-U4549 /KDC-U4549SD : ﺮﻴﻀﺤﺘﻟﺍ KDC-U4549 /KDC-U4549SD
ﺎ ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ .
ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ KDC-U549BT
ﻰ ﺇﻟ ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ .
ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ SMS
ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﺮﺽ SMS
ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ KDC-U549BT
١ .
ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ¤
ﻞ ﺭﺳﺎﺋ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺋﻖ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻻ ﺣﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ .
ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ SMS KDC-U4549 / KDC-U4549SD
ﻪ ﺑ ﻭﺍﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﺓ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ .
ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ ﻢ ﺛ ،[SETTINGS] ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺃﺩﺭ ٢ .
ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ،[SMS DOWNLOAD]
ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﺓ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺃﺩﺭ ٣ .
ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺛﻢ ﺓ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﻋﻨﺪ “SMS RECEIVED”
ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻳﺘﻢ SMS
ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﺮﺽ KDC-U549BT
١ .
ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺰﻳ ﺍﺑﺪﺃ ٤ KDC-U4549 / KDC-U4549SD
■
.“DOWNLOADING”
ﻋﺮﺽ ﻳﺘﻢ :ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻪ ﺑ ﻭﺍﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﺓ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ .
ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ ﻢ ﺛ ،[SMS INBOX] ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺃﺩﺭ ٢ .
ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ■
.“COMPLETE”
ﻋﺮﺽ ﻳﺘﻢ :ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻌﺪ .
ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻹﻧﻬﺎﺀ ﻰ ﻋﻠ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ٥ ■
.
SRC
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ،Bluetooth ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭﺝ ■
ﻞ ﺭﺳﺎﺋ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺀ ﺇﺟﺮﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻗﺪ .ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ SMS ﻒ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ .ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺪ ﺑﻨ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﻠﻦ SMS ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﻻ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﻝ .
ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻓﻲ SMS ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺮ ﺳﺘﻈﻬ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻣﻦ SMS ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻰ ﻋﻠ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺗﻬﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ .
ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺗﻬﺎ ﺗﻤﺖ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ .
ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﺓ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺃﺩﺭ ٣ ■
ﺦ ﻭﺗﺎﺭﻳ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻭﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ .DISP
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ،ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ .
ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﺓ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ٤ ■
.
ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﺓ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺃﺩﺭ ،ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﺘﺼﻔﺢ ■
■
■
.
ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﺓ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺃﺩﺭ ،ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻟﻠﺮﺟﻮﻉ .
ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻹﻧﻬﺎﺀ ﻰ ﻋﻠ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ٥ ■
.
SRC
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ،Bluetooth ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ٧٥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻳﺼﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻰ ﻋﻠ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺮﻭﺀﺓ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺮﻭﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻴﺮﺓ .
ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻟﻲ ■
ﺎ ﺃﻣ .ﺍﻟﻼﺋﺤﺔ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻘﺮﺃ ﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻳﺘﻢ .
ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺑﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﻓﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻤ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻫﺎ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ SMS ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻦ ﻞ ﺑﺘﻨﺰﻳ ﻗﻢ .ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﺑﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﻣﻘﺘﺮﻥ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ .SMS
ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ■
■
■
.SMS
ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺭ ﻻﻳﻤﻜﻦﻋﺮﺽﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﻘﺼﻴﺮﺓﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ .(*)
ﺍﻟﻨﺠﻤﺔ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻣﻘﺮﻭﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻳﺴﺒﻖ ٢٧ ﻋﺮﺑﻲ Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ﻒ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ .“STANDBY”
ﺑﺨﻼﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ SRC ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ١ .[FUNCTION]
ﺇﻟﻰ ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ٢ .
ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺛﻢ ،[SETTINGS] ﺃﻭ [AUDIO CONTROL] ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﺓ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺃﺩﺭ ٣ .
ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺛﻢ ،ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺃﺩﺭ ٤ ■
.
ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ■
.
ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ /ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﺘﻰ ٣ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ﻛﺮﺭ ■
.
ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ .
ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻹﻧﻬﺎﺀ ﻰ ﻋﻠ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ٥ .
ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺃﻭ STANDBY ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﻷﻱ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ : [AUDIO CONTROL] (* :
ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻖ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ) ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ .
ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﻀﺨﻢ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻳﻀﺒﻂ :+15 — * 0 — -15 .
ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺀ :OFF ; .ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﻴﺮ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻳﺤﺪﺩ :B.BOOST LV2 /* B.BOOST LV1 ﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻳﺤﺪﺩ :GAME /JAZZ /TOP40 /EASY /POPS /ROCK /USER /* NATURAL ﺕ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ [USER] ﻳﺤﺪﺩ ) .ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺒﻮﻁ (.
ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻭﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﻴﺮ ﻟﻠﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻨ SUB-W LEVEL
BASS BOOST
SYSTEM Q
BASS ADJUST
.
ﺍﻷﻭﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻳﺤﺪﺩ :150 /120 /* 100 /80 /70 /60 /50 /40 BASS CTR FRQ .
ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻳﻀﺒﻂ :+8 — * 0 — -8 BASS LEVEL
.
ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺩﺓ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻳﻀﺒﻂ :2.00 /1.50 /1.25 /* 1.00 BASS Q FACTOR .
ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺀ :* OFF ; .ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺘﺪ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ :ON BASS EXTEND
MID ADJUST
.
ﺍﻷﻭﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻳﺤﺪﺩ :* 2.0K /1.5K /1.0K /0.5K .
ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻳﻀﺒﻂ :+8 — * 0 — -8 MID CTR FRQ
MID LEVEL
.
ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺩﺓ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻳﻀﺒﻂ :2.00 /* 1.00 MID Q FACTOR
TRE ADJUST
.
ﺍﻷﻭﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻳﺤﺪﺩ :17.5K /15.0K /* 12.5K /10.0K .
ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻳﻀﺒﻂ :+8 — * 0 — -8 TRE CTR FRQ
TRE LEVEL
.
ﻭﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺘﻴﻦ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﻳﻀﺒﻂ :R15 — * 0 — L15 .
ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺘﻴﻦ ﺧﺮﺝ ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﻳﻀﺒﻂ :F15 — * 0 — R15 .
ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺀ :OFF ; .ﺍﻟﺼﺒﻮﻭﻓﺮ ﺧﺮﺝ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ :* ON BALANCE
FADER
SUBWOOFER SET
DETAILED SET
HPF FRONT
; .
ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻳﺘﻢ :* THROUGH .
ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻳﺘﻢ :(HZ) 220/180/150/120/100/80/60/40 ; .
ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻳﺘﻢ :* THROUGH .
ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻳﺘﻢ :(HZ) 220/180/150/120/100/80/60/40 HPF REAR
; .
ﺍﻟﺼﺒﻮﻭﻓﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻛﻞ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻳﺘﻢ :* THROUGH LPF SUBWOOFER .
ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻳﺘﻢ :(HZ) 120/100/80/60/50 ﻲ ﻋﺮﺑ ٢ ٨ Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
(* :
ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻖ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ) ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻨ ﺝ ﺮ ﻟﺨ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺎ ﻟﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﻮﻭﻓﺮ ﻟﺨﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺭ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻳﺤﺪﺩ :* (°٠ ) NORMAL /(°٠٨١ ) REVERSE ﺮ ﺁﺧ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻻ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻻ ) .ﺃﺩﺍﺀ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ (.[LPF SUBWOOFER]
ﻟﻠﺒﻨﺪ [THROUGH] ﺑﺨﻼﻑ SUB-W PHASE
ﻲ ﻓ ﻓﻘﺪﻫﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻋﻦ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴﺎ ﺻﻮﺗﺎ ﻳﻨﺸﺊ :* ON ﺔ ﺃﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻻ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻻ ) .ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺀ :OFF ; .WMA /MP3 ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺎﺕ ﺿﻐﻂ (.iPod
ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﺪﺍ ﻣﺎ ،SD ﺃﻭ USB ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ WMA /MP3 SUPREME SET
ﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ :(ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻤﺼﺎﺩﺭ ) * 0 — -8 ، (AUX ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ ) +8 — * 0 — -8 VOLUME OFFSET ﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻳﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﺍﻭ ﻳﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﺳﻮﻑ .ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ (.
ﺿﺒﻄﻪ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ،ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻗﺒﻞ ) .ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎ ■
■
.[BASS ADJUST/ MID ADJUST/ TRE ADJUST] ،
ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺼﺪﺭﺍ ﺣﺪﺩ [SWITCH
ﺿﺒﻂ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻻ ﻻ ﻦﻜﻤﻳ ﺭﺎﻴﺘﺧﺍ [SUB-W LEVEL/ SUB-W SET/ LPF SUBWOOFER/ SUB-W PHASE] (
٩ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ) .[SUB-W] ﻋﻠﻰ PRE] ﻰ ﻋﻠ [SUBWOOFER SET] ﺿﺒﻂ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻻ ﻻ ﻦﻜﻤﻳ ﺭﺎﻴﺘﺧﺍ [SUB-W LEVEL/ LPF SUBWOOFER/ SUB-W PHASE] .[ON]
■
[SETTINGS]
ﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻨ (* :
ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻖ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ) ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ .
ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻳﺤﺪﺩ :DVD /PORTABLE /GAME /VIDEO /TV /* AUX AUX NAME SET
(.
ﻛﻤﺼﺪﺭ “AUX” ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ) CLOCK
(.
٨ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ،ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﺟﻞ ﻣﻦ ) CLOCK ADJUST DISPLAY
DIMMER SET
TEXT SCROLL
.
ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺀ :* OFF ; .ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺇﺿﺎﺀﺓ ﻳﻌﺘﻢ :ON ; .
ﻓﻘﻂ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮ ﺃﻭ ،ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﻤﺮﻳﺮ ﻳﺤﺪﺩ :ONCE /* AUTO .
ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺀ :OFF .
ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ BT DVC STATUS ; .TB
ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ :AD-CON ; .ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ :HF-CON .
ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻗﻮﺓ :SIGNAL ; .ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ :BATT ٢٩ ﻋﺮﺑﻲ Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴ /ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ :
ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ (
١ ×)...............................................................ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ A (
١ ×)..............................................................ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ B (
١ ×).................................................................ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ C (
١ ×).............................................................ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ ﺿﻔﻴﺮﺓ D (
٢ ×)...........................................................................ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ E (
٤ ×).................. (ﻧﻴﺴﺎﻥ ﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ) ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ ﻣﺴﻄﺢ ﺑﺮﻏﻲ F (
٤ ×).....................(ﺗﻮﻳﻮﺗﺎ ﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ) ﻣﺴﺘﺪﻳﺮﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ ﺑﺮﻏﻲ G ﺮ ﺗﺤﺬﻳ ■
،ACC
ﻭﺿﻊ ﻟﻪ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺗﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﺷﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻢ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺚ ﺑﺤﻴ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﺷﻌﺎﻝ ﺃﺳﻼﻙ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺍ ﺇﺫ .ﺍﻹﺷﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺪ ﺟﻬ ﺫﻱ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻹﺷﻌﺎﻝ ﺳﻠﻚ ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﻦ ﻓﻴﻤﻜ ،ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﺳﻼﻙ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻝ ﻫﻮ ﻛﻤﺎ ،ﺛﺎﺑﺖ .
ﺗﻔﺮﻍ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ■
■
ﻂ ﻓﻘ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ .ﺑﻚ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻏﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻻ .
ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻏﻲ .
ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺗﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺭﻛﺐ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺰﺍﻧ ﺑﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﺻﻄﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺄﻛﺪ .
ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﻋﻨﺪ (ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻫﺎ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ) ﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻣ ﻣﺼﺎﺑﻴﺢ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻞ ﺑﺸﻜ ﻭﺧﻼﻓﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻭﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ .
ﺳﻠﻴﻢ ﻲ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ·
ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻓﺼﻞ ﺛﻢ ،ﺍﻹﺷﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻧﺰﻉ ١ .
ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ■
.
ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﺃﺳﻼﻙ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻼﺕ ﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻗﻢ ٢ (
٣٢ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ) <ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ > |
.
ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺗﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺭﻛﺐ ٣ ■
■
°
٣٠ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻗﻢ .
ﺃﻗﻞ ﺃﻭ (
٣٣ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ) <ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ > .·
ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺃﻋﺪ ٤ |
ﺲ ﺗﻼﻣ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭﻻ ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ،ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺼﻬﺮ ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻕ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺼﻬ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﻝ ﺛﻢ ﻗﺼﺮ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﻳﺴﺒﺐ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ .
ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺑﻤﻨﺼﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﻑ ﺑﺄﻃﺮﺍ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﺳﻼﻙ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻗﻢ ﺭ ﻷﺿﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻳﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻗﺪ .ﻣﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺮ ﺁﺧ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻊ · ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﺍﻙ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻻ ﺃﻭ .
ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﺟﺰﺀ ﺑﺄﻱ ﺗﺄﺭﻳﻀﻬﺎ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻞ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺘﻴﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻲ ﺑﻄﺮﻓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺝ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﻄﺮﻓﻲ ﺇﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺑﺲ ﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺗﺨﻠﻂ ﻻ ) ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺝ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ .(
ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ (
٤ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ) .ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺃﻋﺪ ٥ ﺮ ﺗﺤﺬﻳ ■
■
■
■
ﺮ ﻣﺒﺎﺷ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ .
ﺳﻠﺒﻲ ﻭﺗﺄﺭﻳﺾ ،ﻓﻮﻟﺖ ١ ٢ ■
ﻚ ﻭﺳﻠ (ﺃﺣﻤﺮ ) ﺍﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺐ ﻳﺘﺴﺒ ﻗﺪ ،(ﺃﺭﺿﻲ ) ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺑﺸﺎﺳﻴﻪ (ﺃﺻﻔﺮ ) ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻦ ﻳﻤﻜ ﺑﺪﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺼﻴﺮﺓ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﻓﻲ ﺭ ﺑﻤﺼﺪ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ ﻗﻢ .ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﺤﺪﺙ ﺃﻥ .
ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻮﺯﺍﺕ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ■
ﺔ ﻛﺎﻓ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻭﻗﻢ ﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻓﺼﻞ ﺓ ﻭﺧﺒﺮ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻳﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻦ ﻟﻠﻔﻨﻴﻴ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﺗﺮﻙ ،ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﺪﻭﺍﻋﻲ .ﺧﺎﺻﺔ .
ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺼﻴﻦ .
ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻼﺕ ■
ﻦ ﻣ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ ﺍﻋﺰﻝ ﺪ ﺣ ﻟﻤﻨﻊ .ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻬﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻨﻴﻞ ﻲ ﻓ ﺍﻷﻏﻄﻴﺔ ﺗﻨﺰﻉ ﻻ ،ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺼﺮ ﻭﺙ .
ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻞ ﺑﻮﻛﻴ ﻓﺎﺗﺼﻞ ،ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺻﺎﺩﻓﺘﻚ ﺇﺫﺍ .Kenwood
■
ﺔ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻴ ﺃﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﻳﺘﻌﻄﻞ ﻗﺪ .
ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ■
ﺔ ﺛﺎﻧﻴ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻫﻴﻜﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﺄﺭﻳﺾ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺄﻛﺪ .
ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﻌﺪ ■
ﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ) ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻟﻢ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻲ ﻓ ﻗﺼﺮ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻘﺪ (“PROTECT” ﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﺷﺎﺳﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﺴﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺐ ﻳﺠ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ .ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺩﻯ ﻣﻤﺎ .
ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺳﻠﻚ ﻓﺤﺺ ﺙ ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻲ ﻋﺮﺑ ٣ ٠ Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ﺪ ﺟﻴ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ :
ﺍﻵﺗﻲ ﻳﺮﺍﻋﻰ ﺟﻴﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ■
ﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳ ﺧﻂ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺢ ﻭﻳﺼﺒ .ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺧﻂ ﻓﻲ (ﻗﺪﻡ ٣ ٠ ) ﻣﺘﺮ ١ ٠ ﺑﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ .
ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺗﺒﻌﺎ ﺃﻗﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺩ ﻭﺟﻮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺃﻗﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﻣﺪﻯ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻯ ﻣﺪ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻟﺬﺍ .ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﺎﺋﻖ ﻖ ﻳﺘﺤﻘ ﻻ (ﻣﺘﺮ ١ ٠ ) ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺻﻞ .
ﺍﻷﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻓﻲ ■
ﺍ ﻫﺬ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺚ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺓ ﻗﻮ ﻓﺮﻁ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺗﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻗﺪ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ .
ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ /KDC-U4549SD :
ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ) ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺣﻮﻝ (KDC-U4549
■
.KCA-BT200
ﺃﻭ KCA-BT300 ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻫﺬﺍ ■
ﺢ ﻳﺘﻴ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ KCA-BT300/ KCA-BT200 ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ .BT
ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺙ ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ – .“BT AUDIO EXT”
ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ SRC ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻢ ﺭﻗ ﺯﺭ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ،ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎﻑ /ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ ﻟﻺﻳﻘﺎﻑ – .6 (38)
.¢
ﺃﻭ 4 ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ،ﺃﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ – ﺎ ﻛﻤ KCA-BT200 /KCA-BT300 ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ■
:
ﻳﻠﻲ OFF :3 ,OFF :2 ,OFF :1
ﻪ ﺗﻨﺒﻴ ¤ .
ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺗﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺭﻛﺐ ﺪ ﻭﺑﻌ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀ ﺗﻠﻤﺲ ﻻ ﺀ ﺍﻟﺠﺰ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﻴﺚ .ﻗﺼﻴﺮﺓ ﺑﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻭﻳ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻣﺒﺪﺩ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻲ .
ﺳﺎﺧﻨﻴﻦ ٣١ ﻋﺮﺑﻲ Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ﻙ ﺍﻷﺳﻼ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ (JASO) FM/AM
ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺩﺧﻞ USB
ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋ ﺳﻠﻚ (
ﺳﺘﻴﺮﻳﻮ ) AUXﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻣﺪﺧﻞ (
ﻣﻢ ٣ ٫٥ ﺮ ﻗﻄ ) ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﺲ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ .
ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻋﺪﻳﻢ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺮﻳﻮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ KDC-U4549 /KDC-U4549SD
ﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺮﺝ R
L
ﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺮﺝ ﺮ ﻭﻭﻓ ﺍﻟﺼﺐ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ KDC-U549BT
ﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺮﺝ R
L
(
ﺃﻣﺒﻴﺮ ١ ٠ ) ﻣﺼﻬﺮ ﺝ ﺮ ﺧ /ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺧﺮﺝ ﻞ ﻗﺎﺑ ﻭﻭﻓﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺐ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ (
٩ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ) ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ D
ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ ﺿﻔﻴﺮﺓ ﺾ ﺃﺑﻴ ﺩ ﺃﺳﻮ /ﺃﺑﻴﺾ ﻱ ﺭﻣﺎﺩ ﺩ ﺃﺳﻮ /ﺭﻣﺎﺩﻱ ﺮ ﺃﺧﻀ ﺩ ﺃﺳﻮ /ﺃﺧﻀﺮ ﻲ ﺃﺭﺟﻮﺍﻧ ﺩ ﺃﺳﻮ /ﺃﺭﺟﻮﺍﻧﻲ ﻯ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ /Kenwood
ﺍﻷﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺒﺪﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻲ ﺧﺎﺭﺟ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﻠﺤﻖ (
ﻓﻘﻂ KDC-U4549 /KDC-U4549SD) ﻞ ﺩﻟﻴ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺭﺟﻊ ،ﺍﻷﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ) (.
ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻯ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ .
ﺍﻟﻠﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺨﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﺗﺠﻌﻞ ﻻ ،ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻼﺕ ﺃﻳﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻟﻢ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻕ ﺃﺯﺭ ﺔ ﻧﻬﺎﻳ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻣﺎ ﻭﺻﻞ ،ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻭﻓﻘﺎ ﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺒ ﻟﺘﻘﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ،ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﻟﻤﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ANT. CONT
(
ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺳﻠﻚ ) .
ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻠﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺾ ﺃﺑﻴ /ﺃﺯﺭﻕ ﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻀﺨﻴ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﻄﺮﻑ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻠﻪ ﻗﻢ P.CONT
MUTE
(
ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺳﻠﻚ ) .
ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﻀﺨﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻲ ﺑﻨ ﺐ ﻛﺘﻴ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺭﺟﻊ ،Kenwood ﻣﻼﺣﺔ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻙ ﻣﺤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺳﻠﻚ ) .
ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﺔ ﻥ ﻳﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺄﺭﻳﻀﻪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﻄﺮﻑ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻠﻪ ﻗﻢ ) KDC-U4549 /KDC-U4549SD .
ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﺩﺛﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ (
ﻓﻘﻂ (
ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺮ ﺃﺻﻔ /ﻓﺎﺗﺢ ﺃﺯﺭﻕ ﺝ ﺗﺤﺘﺎ ،ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺑﻌﺠﻠﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻣﻴﺰﺓ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ REMOTE CONT
ﺪ ﺑﻌ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺳﻠﻚ ) .
ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺗﻚ ﻳﻨﺎﺳﺐ (ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﻏﻴﺮ ) ﺧﺎﺹ ﺗﺤﻜﻢ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺇﻟﻰ STEERING WHEEL
REMOTE INPUT
(
ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺠﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻓﻴﻮﺯﺍﺕ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ACC
ﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻝ ﺍﻹﺷﻌﺎ ﻟﻘﻔﻞ (
ﺍﻹﺷﻌﺎﻝ ﺳﻠﻚ ) ﺃﺣﻤﺮ (
ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺳﻠﻚ ) ﺃﺻﻔﺮ ﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﺼﻬﺮﺍﺕ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ (
ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻮﺯ ) (
ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻲ ﺳﻠﻚ ) ﺃﺳﻮﺩ ﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻫﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻰ +
ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ –
ﻲ ﻋﺮﺑ ٣٢ Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ﺯ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ 1
2
3
ﻢ ﺗ .ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ ﺿﻔﻴﺮﺓ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻗﻢ .
ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻼﺕ ﺇﻛﻤﺎﻝ (
٣٢ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ) C
2
1
B
D
A
2
ﺭ ﺍﻹﻃﺎ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ،ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻗﺒﻞ .
ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺎﻓﺎﺕ ) (.
ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ 1
ﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮﻩ 3
C
4
ﺖ ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﺍﻷﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺑﺜﻨﻲ ﻗﻢ 5
.
ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ B
A
(
ﻳﺎﺑﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ) ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ .
ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻦ B ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻭﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺟﻠﺒﺔ ﺍﻧﺰﻉ ١ ﻲ ﻓ ) ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﻭﻳﻒ ﺑﻤﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓ ﻗﻢ ٢ ﺖ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴ ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺭﻑ ﻣﻊ (ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻴﻦ ﻛﻼ .
ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻏﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ N
T
T/N
N
T
B
ﺎ ﺗﻮﻳﻮﺗ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ :T ﻥ ﻧﻴﺴﺎ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ :N 8 mm
MAX.
8mm
MAX.
F
ø5mm G
ø5mm
ﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻧﺰﻉ .A
ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺑﻔﻚ ﻗﻢ ١ ﻚ ﺍﻟﻔ ﺃﺩﺍﺗﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻹﻣﺴﺎﻙ ﺳﻦ ﺑﺘﻌﺸﻴﻖ ﻗﻢ ٢ ﻢ ﺛ ،B ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ E .
ﻟﻠﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺳﺤﺒﻪ E
B
C
ﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻌﻤﻖ E ﺍﻟﻔﻚ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ٣ ﻢ ﺍﻷﺳﻬ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺛﻢ ،ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ .
ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﻫﻮ ﻛﻤﺎ 3
1
A
2
E
٣٣ ﻋﺮﺑﻲ Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ﺡ ﻭﺍﻻﺻﻼ ﺍﻻﻋﻄﺎﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺝ ﺍﻟﻌﻼ /ﺍﻻﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺽ ﺍﻻﻋﺮﺍ ﻙ ﺍﻻﺳﻼ ﺍﻓﺤﺺ / .ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻓﻀﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻗﻮﺓ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﺿﺒﻂ .
ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺳﻤﺎﻉ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻻ .
ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻼﺕ ﺪ ﺃﻋ ﺛﻢ ،ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﺎﺯﻝ ﺑﺸﺮﻳﻂ ﻣﻐﻄﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﺳﻼﻙ ﺃﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻭﻻ “PROTECT” ﺗﻈﻬﺮ .
ﺑﻚ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺍﺳﺘﺸﺮ ،“PROTECT” ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻢ ﺇﺫﺍ .ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺿﺒﻂ .ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﻱ .
ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺃﻋﺪ .ﻣﻄﻠﻘﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺸﺘﻐﻞ ﻻ .
ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺍﺭﻓﻊ / .ﻣﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺍﻭﺻﻞ ﺪ ﻳﺘﻮﻟ / .ﺭﺩﻱﺀ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﻉ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎ ﺍﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻜﻲ ﺿﺠﻴﺞ .
ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻢ ﻟ ﺇﺫﺍ .ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻷﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺃﻋﺪ .ﺟﻴﺪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ CD ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻻ .
ﻟﻚ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻗﻢ ،ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺘﺤﺴﻦ .“IN”
ﺗﻮﻣﺾ ﻱ ﺍﻟﺬ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺈﻧﻬﺎﺋﻬﺎ ﻗﻢ ) ﻣﻜﺘﻤﻠﺔ CD-RW/CD-R ﺃﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺕ ﺃﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺎ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻻ ﻲ ﺗﺨﻄ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻭﻻ CD-RW/CD-R .
ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ .(
ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﺘﻪ ﺺ ﺍﻓﺤ / .ﺍﻷﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻗﻢ / .ﻭﻋﺮﺓ ﻃﺮﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻭﻗﻒ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺘﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﺻﻮﺕ .
ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﻼﻙ .
ﺍﻻﺣﻴﺎﻥ .
ﻣﺪﻋﻮﻡ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺗﺸﻐﻞ .“NA FILE”
ﺗﻈﻬﺮ .
ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﺍﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﺍﺩﺧﻞ .“NO DISC”
ﺗﻈﻬﺮ CD
ﺃﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ / .ﻇﻬﺮﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻘﻠﻮﺑﺔ CD ﺃﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ / .ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ ﻣﺘﺴﺨﺔ CD ﺃﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ .“TOC ERROR”
ﺗﻈﻬﺮ .
ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺪﻻ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺃﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﺟﺮﺏ .ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﺧﺪﻭﺵ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻡ ﻋﺪ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ .ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺯﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ .ﻣﺎ ﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﺧﻠﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ .“ERROR 99” ﺃﻭ “ERROR 77” ﻳﻈﻬﺮ .
ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺍﺳﺘﺸﺮ ،“ERROR 99” /“ERROR 77” ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﺧﺘﻔﺎﺀ .
ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﺿﺪ ﻣﺤﻤﻲ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺗﻢ .“COPY PRO”
ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺽ ﻋﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻣﺎ .ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﺮﺓ USB ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﺴﺦ .“READ ERROR”
ﺗﻈﻬﺮ .
ﺃﺧﺮﻯ USB ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﻭ USB ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻓﺄﻋﺪ ،ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ■
ﺭ ﻣﺼﺪ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻗﻢ ﺛﻢ ،USB ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻗﻢ .ﻣﻮﺻﻞ USB ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻻ .“NO DEVICE”
ﺗﻈﻬﺮ .
ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﺮﺓ USB ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ■
ﺭ ﻣﺼﺪ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻗﻢ ﺛﻢ ،SD ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ .ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ SD ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻟﻢ .
ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﺮﺓ SD ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻒ ﻣﻠ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺗﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ SD ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺗﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ USB ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻻ .“ERROR 15” ﺃﻭ “NO MUSIC” ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻦ ﻳﻤﻜ ﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻻ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺗﻢ / .ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺻﻮﺗﻲ .
ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ ■
.
ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻼﺕ ﺑﻔﺤﺺ ﻭﻗﻢ ،ﻣﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ USB ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻭﺻﻞ .“NA DEVICE”
ﺗﻈﻬﺮ .“USB ERROR”
ﺗﻈﻬﺮ .“iPod ERROR”
ﺗﻈﻬﺮ .
ﺿﺠﻴﺞ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻳﺘﻢ ■
.
ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻳﺪﻋﻤﻬﺎ SD ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﺇﺫﺍ .ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻗﻢ ﺛﻢ ،ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻭﺃﻏﻠﻖ ،USB ﺍﻟـ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻗﻢ .
ﺃﺧﺮﻯ USB ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ،ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ / .
ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﺃﺣﺪﺙ ﻫﻮ iPod ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺄﻛﺪ / iPod ﺍﻟـ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺃﻋﺪ .iPod
ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺃﻋﺪ .
ﺍﻷﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻗﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺨﻄﻰ .
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻻ .
ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ .
ﺟﺪﺍ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺓ ﻭﺣﻮﺍﻓﻆ ﻫﺮﻣﻴﺔ ﺗﺴﻠﺴﻼﺕ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻻ .ﺍﻃﻮﻝ ﻗﺮﺍﺀ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ .
ﺍﻟﻮﻣﻴﺾ “READING” ﻳﻮﺍﺻﻞ .
ﺍﻻﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻫﻮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺮ ﻏﻴ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﻀﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﻗﺖ .
ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻢ ﻳﺪﻋ ﻻ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺇﻥ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺚ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻟﻢ ﺔ ﻓﺌ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻒ ﻣﺨﺘﻠ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ “SONGS” ﺔ ﻓﺌ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻦ .iPod
ﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ “SONGS” .
ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺚ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻲ ﻋﺮﺑ ٣٤ Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ﺝ ﺍﻟﻌﻼ /ﺍﻻﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺽ ﺍﻻﻋﺮﺍ ﺩ ﻣﺤﺪﻭ ﻭﻋﺪﺩ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ (ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮﺓ ) ﺍﻟﻬﺠﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻭﻑ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻭﻑ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻻ .
ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﻣﻦ .(
ﺍﻻﻟﺒﻮﻡ ﺍﺳﻢ ،ﻣﺜﻼ ) ﺙ ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮ ﺽ ﺍﻻﻋﺮﺍ ﺝ ﺍﻟﻌﻼ /ﺍﻻﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺀ ﺃﺛﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﺿﺒﻂ .ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺓ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺔ ﻭﻇﻴﻔ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ > ﻣﻦ [EC LEVEL]ﻭ [NR LEVEL]ﻭ [MIC GAIN] .ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻬﻴﺰﺓ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﺙ .
ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮ .(
٢٥ ﺔ ﺻﻔﺤ ) <ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﺩ ﺇﻋﺪﺍ > ﻣﻦ [CALL BEEP] ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﻢ .ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻮﻱ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺭﻧﻴﻦ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻳﺴﻤﻊ ﻻ ﻲ ﺗﻠﻘ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭﻧﻴﻦ ﻳﺴﻤﻊ ﻻ .
ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ (٢٥ ﺔ ﺻﻔﺤ ) <ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ .
ﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺔ ■
ﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻳﺘﻌﺬﺭ ،ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎﺀ ﺍﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ .ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ .ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻻ .
ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎﺀ ﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻧﻮﺍﻓﺬ ﺃﻏﻠﻖ .ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ■
.
ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻓﻴﺘﻌﺬﺭ ،ﺑﺸﺪﺓ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ .ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ .
ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻭﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻗﻠﻴﻼ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺤﺪﺙ ■
ﻡ ﻗﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺳﺒﻖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻫﻮ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﻳﻨﻄﻖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﻱ ﺍﻟﺬ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺑﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻗﺎﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺳﺒﻖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺻﻮﺕ .ﺑﺘﺴﺠﻴﻠﻬﺎ .
ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ .
ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻻ / .ﺭﻗﻤﻪ ﻳﺮﺳﻞ ﻻ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ .“NO NUMBER”
ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺔ ﻻﺋﺤ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻻ / .ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﻻﺋﺤﺔ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻻ / .ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﻻﺋﺤﺔ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻻ .“NO DATA”
ﺗﻈﻬﺮ .
ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻻ / .ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ .
ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ (ﺍﻗﺘﺮﺍﻥ ) ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻟﻢ .“NO ENTRY”
ﺗﻈﻬﺮ .“HF DISCONCT”
ﺗﻈﻬﺮ .“HF ERROR 07”
ﺗﻈﻬﺮ .
ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻻ ﻩ ﻫﺬ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﻭﺇﺫﺍ .ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻗﻢ .ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻻ .
ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺯﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺎﺿﻐﻂ ،ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍ ﻭﺇﺫ .ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻗﻢ .ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻻ .
ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺯﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺎﺿﻐﻂ ،ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮ .“HF ERROR 68”
ﺗﻈﻬﺮ .
ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻛﺘﺸﺎﻑ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻻ .“UNKNOWN”
ﺗﻈﻬﺮ .“DEVICE FULL”
ﺗﻈﻬﺮ .“PIN CODE NG”
ﺗﻈﻬﺮ .“CONNECT NG”
ﺗﻈﻬﺮ .“PAIRING NG”
ﺗﻈﻬﺮ .
ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻭﻻ .ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ٥ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺗﻢ .
ﺧﻄﺄ PIN ﻛﻮﺩ .
ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻻ .
ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺮﺍﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻄﺄ ،
ﻣﺴﺠﻞ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻮﻕ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻻ .ﺧﻄﺄ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻮﻕ .“NO MARCHING” ﺗﻈﻬﺮ .
ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻏﻴﺮ .
ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻭﻻ ﺑﺸﺪﺓ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ .
ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻻ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ .“TOO SOFT”
ﺗﻈﻬﺮ .“TOO LOUD”
ﺗﻈﻬﺮ .“TOO LONG”
ﺗﻈﻬﺮ .
ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻻ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﻧﻄﻘﻬﺎ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ .
ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ .“NO PHONEBOOK” ﺗﻈﻬﺮ .
ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺼﻴﺮﺓ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻻ .“NO MESSAGE”
ﺗﻈﻬﺮ .
ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻮﻕ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻟﻢ .“NO RECORD”
ﺗﻈﻬﺮ .
ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻮﻗﺎﺕ ﻋﺪﺩ .“MEMORY FULL” ﺗﻈﻬﺮ .
ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻴﺔ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﺎﺕ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻻ .“NO VOICE”
ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ■
Bluetooth
ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﻗﻢ .Bluetooth ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﺧﺮ Bluetooth ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﻞ ﻣﺸﻐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ .
ﻣﺘﻘﻄﻊ ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺎﺕ .
ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺍ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ Bluetooth ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻧﻘﻞ .ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ■
ﻭ ﺃ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ .ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺁﺧﺮ Bluetooth ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻳﺘﻢ .
ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻧﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ SMS ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ٣٥ ﻋﺮﺑﻲ Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎ FAT 16/ 32 :
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ MPEG-1/2 Audio Layer-3
ﻣﻊ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ :MP3 ﺷﻔﺮﺓ ﻓﻚ ﺔ ﺻﻴﻐ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ :WMA ﺷﻔﺮﺓ ﻓﻚ FM
ﺑﻤﻮﺍﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ :
ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ١٠٧٫٩ — ﻣﻴﺠﺎﻫﺮﺗﺰ ٨٧ ٫ ٩ :ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ ٢ ٠٠ ﻞ ﻓﺎﺻ ﺰ ﻣﻴﺠﺎﻫﺮﺗ Windows Media Audio
١٠٨٫٠ — ﻣﻴﺠﺎﻫﺮﺗﺰ ٨٧٫٥ :ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ ٥٠ ﻓﺎﺻﻞ ﺰ ﻣﻴﺠﺎﻫﺮﺗ (
ﻓﻘﻂ KDC-U549BT) ﺑﻠﻮﺗﻮﺙ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ٢٫٠ ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍﺭ Bluetooth ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪ :ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺰ ﺟﻴﺠﺎﻫﺮﺗ ٢ ٫٤٨٠ – ٢٫٤٠٢ :ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ :(
ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ ٢٦ = S/N) ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ (
ﺃﻭﻡ ٧٥ /ﻓﻠﻂ ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭ ١ ) ﻭﺍﻁ ﻓﻤﺘﻮ ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ ١ ١٫٢ :(
ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ ٤ ٦ = DIN S/N) ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺗﻬﺪﺋﺔ (
ﺍﻭﻡ ٥٧ /ﻓﻮﻟﺖ ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭ ٥ ,٢ ) ﻭﺍﻁ ﻓﻤﺘﻮ ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ ٢ ٫١٩ ﺰ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗ ١ ٥ — ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ٣ ٠ :(ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ ٣ ±) ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﻞ ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒ ٦ ٣ :(ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻱ ) ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎﺀ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻞ ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒ ٤ ٠ :(ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ ١ ) ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺮﻳﻮ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻞ ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒ ٠ ،(MAX) ﻭﺍﻁ ﻣﻠﻠﻲ ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ ٤ + :ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺝ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ٢ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻓﺌﺔ (AVE) ﻭﺍﻁ ﻣﻠﻠﻲ ٣٢٫٨ ) ﺃﻣﺘﺎﺭ ١ ٠ ﻎ ﻳﺒﻠ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﻣﺪﻯ :ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﺎ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒ (ﻗﺪﻣﺎ :
ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﻴﺔ ,(
ﺍﻟﺤﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ) HFP ,(
ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ) SPP ,(
ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ) HSP ,(
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ) OPP ,(
ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ) PBAP (
ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺍﻣﻨﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ) SYNC AM
ﻣﻮﺍﻟﻒ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ :
ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ١٧٠٠ — ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ ٥ ٣ ٠ :ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ ١ ٠ ﻞ ﻓﺎﺻ ﺰ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗ ١٦١١ ﻰ ﺇﻟ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ ٥٣١ ﻣﻦ :ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ ٩ ﻓﺎﺻﻞ ﺰ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗ :(
ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ ٢ ٠ = S/N) ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ (
ﻓﻠﻂ ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭ ٣٦ ) ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭ ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ ٣١ :AM ﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮ ﻗﺴﻢ ٤ x ﻭﺍﻁ ٥٠ :ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺝ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ :(THD
٪١ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ) ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺚ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺳﻌﺔ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ٤ x ﻭﺍﻁ ٢٢ CD
ﺃﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ GaAIAs :
ﺍﻟﻠﻴﺰﺭ ﺩﺍﻳﻮﺩ ﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ٨ :(D/A) ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﺘﺮ ﺖ ﺑﺎﻳ ٢ ٤ :D/A ﻣﺤﻮﻝ ﻡ ﺃﻭ ٨ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻭﻡ ٤ ﻣﻦ :ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻗﺔ :
ﺍﻟﻨﻐﻤﺔ ﻧﺸﺎﻁ ﻞ ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒ ٨ ± ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ١ ٠٠ :ﻗﻮﻱ ﻞ ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒ ٨ ± ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ ١ :ﻭﺳﻂ ﻲ ﻓ ﻟﻔﺔ ٢ ٠٠ — ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻔﺔ ٥ ٠٠ :ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﻞ ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒ ٨ ± ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ ١ ٢٫٥ :ﻋﺎﻟﻲ :(CD
ﺃﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ) ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻞ / ﺍﻻﺑﺘﺪﺍﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﺝ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻡ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﺃﻭ ١ ٠ /ﻓﻠﻂ ﻣﻠﻠﻲ ٢ ٥٠٠ (CLV)
ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻪ ﻗﻴﺎﺳ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻗﻞ :ﻭﺍﻻﺭﺗﻌﺎﺵ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ ﺰ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗ ٢ ٠ — ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ٢ ٠ :(ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ ١ ±) ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ٪
٠٫٠١ :(ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ ١ ) ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺭﻣﻮﻧﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻩ ﺇﺟﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻞ ﻳﺴﻴﺒ ﺩ ١ ٠٥ :(ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ ١ ) ﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎﺀ ﺍ ﻰ ﻟ ﺇ ﺓ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻞ ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒ ٩٣ :ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﻝ ﻡ ﺃﻭ ٦ ٠٠ ≥ :ﺍﻻﺑﺘﺪﺍﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺧﺮﺝ ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻗﺔ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻗﺴﻢ ﺰ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗ ٢ ٠ — ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ٢ ٠ :(ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ ٣ ±) ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﻂ ﻓﻠ ﻣﻠﻠﻲ ١ ٢٠٠ :ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪ ﻡ ﺃﻭ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ١ ٠ :ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻗﺔ MPEG-1/2 Audio Layer-3
ﻣﻊ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ :MP3 ﺷﻔﺮﺓ ﻓﻚ ﺔ ﺻﻴﻐ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ :WMA ﺷﻔﺮﺓ ﻓﻚ Windows Media Audio
ﻡ ﻋﺎ :
ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺪ USB
ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ (
ﻗﺼﻮﻯ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ) USB1.1/ 2.0 :USB ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺮ ﺃﻣﺒﻴ ﻣﻠﻠﻲ ٥ ٠٠ : ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﻺﻣﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ FAT16/ 32 :
ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ :
ﻓﻘﻂ KDC-U549BT ﺎ ﻓﻮﻟﺘ ١ ٤٫٤ :(ﻓﻠﻂ ١ ٦ — ﻓﻠﻂ ١ ٠٫٥ ـ ﺑ ﻣﺴﻤﻮﺡ ) :
ﻓﻘﻂ KDC-U4549/KDC-U4549SD ﺎ ﻓﻮﻟﺘ ١ ٤٫٤ :(ﻓﻠﻂ ١ ٦ — ﻓﻠﻂ ١ ١ ـ ﺑ ﻣﺴﻤﻮﺡ ) ﺮ ﺃﻣﺒﻴ ١ ٠ :ﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ :(
ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ × ﻃﻮﻝ × ﻋﺮﺽ ) ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻢ ﻣ ١ ٦٠ × ﻣﻢ ٥٣ × ﻣﻢ ١٨٢ MPEG-1/2 Audio Layer-3
ﻣﻊ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ :MP3 ﺷﻔﺮﺓ ﻓﻚ ﺔ ﺻﻴﻐ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ :WMA ﺷﻔﺮﺓ ﻓﻚ Windows Media Audio
(
ﻓﻘﻂ KDC-U4549SD) SD ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ٢٫٠٠ ﺍﺭ ﺪ ﺍﻹﺻ :ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺖ ﺟﻴﺠﺎﺑﺎﻳ ٣٢ :ﻟﻠﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺳﻌﺔ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﻢ ﻛﺠ ١ ٫٣ :ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ .
ﻣﺴﺒﻖ ﺇﺧﻄﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻟﻠﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻳﺨﻀﻊ ﻲ ﻋﺮﺑ ٣٦ Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
|